Cisco Systems 8961 Users Manual Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, And 9971 Administration Guide For CM 8.5 (SIP)

8961 to the manual 8f1d04bd-048d-461f-8ba2-c5922f8f5252

2015-01-05

: Cisco-Systems Cisco-Systems-8961-Users-Manual-202092 cisco-systems-8961-users-manual-202092 cisco-systems pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 278 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
Contents

Americas Headquarters

Cisco Systems, Inc.

170 West Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134-1706

USA

http://www.cisco.com

Tel: 408 526-4000

800 553-NETS (6387)

Fax: 408 527-0883

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and

9971 Administration Guide for Cisco

Unified Communications Manager 8.5

(SIP)

Text Part Number: OL-20862-01

THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL

STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT

WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.

THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT

SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE

OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.

The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant

to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial

environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause

harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required

to correct the interference at their own expense.

The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not

installed in accordance with Cisco’s installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to

comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable

protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

Modifying the equipment without Cisco’s written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital

devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television

communications at your own expense.

You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its

peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures:

• Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops.

• Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio.

• Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio.

• Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits

controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.)

Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product.

The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH

ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT

LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF

DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO

OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this

URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership

relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1110R)

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

The Java logo is a trademark or registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. or other countries.

iii

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

CONTENTS

Preface xi

Overview xi

Audience xi

Organization xi

Related Topics

• Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products, page 2-1

• Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4

What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified

IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971?

Cisco Unified IP Phones function much like a digital business phone, allowing you to place and receive

phone calls. In addition to traditional telephony features, the Cisco Unified IP Phone includes features

that enable you to administer and monitor the phone as a network device.

This section includes the following topics:

• Feature Overview, page 1-13

• Configuring Telephony Features, page 1-14

• Configuring Network Parameters Using the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 1-14

• Providing Users with Feature Information, page 1-15

Feature Overview

Cisco Unified IP Phones provide traditional telephony functionality, such as call forwarding and

transferring, redialing, speed dialing, conference calling, and voice messaging system access.

Cisco Unified IP phones also provide a variety of other features. For an overview of the telephony

features that the Cisco Unified IP Phone supports and for tips on configuring them, see the “Telephony

Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 8-2.

As with other network devices, you must configure Cisco Unified IP Phones to prepare them to access

Cisco Unified Communications Manager and the rest of the IP network. By using DHCP, you have fewer

settings to configure on a phone, but if your network requires it, you can manually configure an IP

Trivial File Transfer

Protocol (TFTP) TFTP allows you to transfer files over the

network.

On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, TFTP

enables you to obtain a configuration file

specific to the phone type.

TFTP requires a TFTP server in your network,

which can be automatically identified from the

DHCP server. If you want a phone to use a TFTP

server other than the one specified by the DHCP

server, you must manually assign the IP address of

the TFTP server by using the Network

Configuration menu on the phone.

For more information, go to the Cisco TFTP chapter

in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide.

User Datagram Protocol

(UDP) UDP is a connectionless messaging

protocol for delivery of data packets. Cisco Unified IP Phones transmit and receive RTP

streams, which utilize UDP.

Table 1-4 Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Networking Protocol Purpose Usage Notes

1-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 1 An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone

What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971?

address, TFTP server, subnet information, and so on. For instructions on configuring the network

settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phones, see Chapter 7, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified

IP Phone.”

Cisco Unified IP Phones can interact with other services and devices on your IP network to provide

enhanced functionality. For example, you can integrate Cisco Unified Communications Manager with

the corporate Lightweight Directory Access Protocol 3 (LDAP3) standard directory to enable users to

search for co-worker contact information directly from their IP phones. You can also use XML to enable

users to access information such as weather, stocks, quote of the day, and other web-based information.

For information about configuring such services, see the “Configuring Corporate and Personal

Directories” section on page 8-27 and the “Setting Up Services” section on page 8-32.

Finally, because the Cisco Unified IP Phone is a network device, you can obtain detailed status

information from it directly. This information can assist you with troubleshooting any problems users

might encounter when using their IP phones. See Chapter 10, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and

Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone,” for more information.

Related Topics

• Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 7-1

• Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users, page 8-1

• Troubleshooting and Maintenance, page 12-1

Configuring Telephony Features

You can modify additional settings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone from Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration. Use this web-based application to set up phone registration criteria and calling

search spaces, to configure corporate directories and services, and to modify phone button templates,

among other tasks. See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on

page 8-2 and the Cisco Unified Communications Manager documentation for additional information.

For more information about Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, refer to

Cisco Unified Communications Manager documentation, including Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration Guide. You can also use the context-sensitive help available within the

application for guidance.

You can access Cisco Unified Communications Manager documentation at this location:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/ps556/tsd_products_support_series_home.html

You can access Cisco Unified Communications Manager Business Edition documentation at this

location:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps7273/tsd_products_support_series_home.html

Related Topics

• Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls, page 1-19

• Security Restrictions, page 1-23

CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy

Function) Implements parts of the certificate generation procedure that are too

processing-intensive for the phone, and interacts with the phone for key generation and

certificate installation. The CAPF can be configured to request certificates from

customer-specified certificate authorities on behalf of the phone, or it can be

configured to generate certificates locally.

Security profiles Defines whether the phone is nonsecure, authenticated, encrypted, or protected. See

Table 1-6, which provides an overview of the security features that the Cisco Unified

IP Phone 9971 supports. For more information about these features and about

Cisco Unified Communications Manager and Cisco Unified IP Phone security, refer to

the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.

Encrypted configuration files Lets you ensure the privacy of phone configuration files.

Optional disabling of the web

server functionality for a phone For security purposes, you can prevent access to a phone’s web page (which displays

a variety of operational statistics for the phone) and user options pages. For more

information, see the “Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access” section on page 11-3.

Phone hardening Additional security options, which you control from Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration:

• Disabling PC port

• Disabling Gratuitous ARP (GARP)

• Disabling PC Voice VLAN access

• Disabling access to the Setting menus, or providing restricted access that allows

access to the Preferences menu and saving volume changes only

• Disabling access to web pages for a phone

• Disabling Bluetooth Accessory Port

802.1X Authentication The Cisco Unified IP Phone can use 802.1X authentication to request and gain access

to the network. See the “Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP

Phones” section on page 1-22 for more information.

Secure SIP Failover for SRST After you configure an SRST reference for security and then reset the dependent

devices in Cisco Unified CM Administration, the TFTP server adds the SRST

certificate to the phone cnf.xml file and sends the file to the phone. A secure phone then

uses a TLS connection to interact with the SRST-enabled router.

Signaling encryption Ensures that all SCCP and SIP signaling messages that are sent between the device and

the Cisco Unified CM server are encrypted.

Table 1-6 Overview of Security Features (continued)

Feature Description

1-19

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 1 An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones

Understanding Security Profiles

All Cisco Unified IP Phones that support Cisco Unified Communications Manager use a security profile,

which defines whether the phone is nonsecure, authenticated, or encrypted. For information about

configuring the security profile and applying the profile to the phone, refer to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Security Guide.

To view the security mode that is set for the phone, look at the Security Mode setting in the Security

Configuration menu. For more information, see the “Security Setup Menu” section on page 7-13.

Related Topics

• Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls, page 1-19

• Security Restrictions, page 1-23

Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls

When security is implemented for a phone, you can identify secure phone calls by icons on the phone

screen. You can also determine if the connected phone is secure and protected if a security tone plays at

the beginning of the call.

In a secure call, all call signaling and media streams are encrypted. A secure call offers a high level of

security, providing integrity and privacy to the call. When a call in progress is being encrypted, the call

progress icon to the right of the call duration timer in the phone screen changes to the following icon:

Note If the call is routed through non-IP call legs, for example, PSTN, the call may be nonsecure even though

it is encrypted within the IP network and has a lock icon associated with it.

In a secure call, a security tone plays at the beginning of a call to indicate that the other connected phone

is also receiving and transmitting secure audio and video (if video is involved). If your call is connected

to a non-secure phone, the security tone does not play.

Note Secure calling is supported for connections between two phones only. Some features, such as conference

calling, shared lines, and Extension Mobility are not available when secure calling is configured.

Related Topics

• Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4

Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 can be powered with external power or with Power

over Ethernet (PoE). External power is provided through a separate power supply. PoE is provided by a

switch through the Ethernet cable attached to a phone.

Note When you install a phone that is powered with external power, connect the power supply to the phone

and to a power outlet before you connect the Ethernet cable to the phone. When you remove a phone that

is powered with external power, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the phone before you disconnect the

power supply.

The following sections provide more information about powering a phone:

• Power Guidelines, page 2-4

• Power Outage, page 2-4

• Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone, page 2-4

• Power Negotiation over LLDP, page 2-5

• Obtaining Additional Information About Power, page 2-5

2-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Power Guidelines

Table 2-1 provides guidelines for powering the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.

Power Outage

Your accessibility to emergency service through the phone is dependent on the phone being powered. If

there is an interruption in the power supply, Service and Emergency Calling Service dialing will not

function until power is restored. In the case of a power failure or disruption, you may need to reset or

reconfigure equipment before using the Service or Emergency Calling Service dialing.

Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone

You can reduce the amount of energy that the Cisco Unified IP Phone consumes by scheduling when the

phone goes into power save mode. In power save mode, the backlight on the screen is not lit when the

phone is not in use. The phone remains in power save mode for the scheduled duration or until the user

lifts the handset or presses any button. In the Phone Configuration page on Cisco Unified

Communications Administration, configure the following parameters.

• Days Display Not Active—Specify the days that the backlight remains inactive.

• Display on Time—Schedule the time of day that the backlight automatically activates. on the days

listed in the off schedule.

Table 2-1 Guidelines for Powering the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Power Type Guidelines

External power—Provided

through the CP-PWR-CUBE-4=

external power supply.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 use the CP-PWR-CUBE-4 power

supply.

Note You must use the CP-PWR-CUBE-4 when you deploy the Cisco Unified IP phone

9971 on a wireless Network.

External power—Provided

through the Cisco Unified IP

Phone Power Injector.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone Power Injector may be used with any Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Functioning as a midspan device, the injector delivers inline power to the attached phone.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone Power Injector is connected between a switch port and the IP

Phone, and supports a maximum cable length of 100m between the unpowered switch and

the IP Phone.

PoE power—Provided by a

switch through the Ethernet

cable attached to the phone.

• Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 support IEEE 802.3af Class 3 power on

signal pairs and spare pairs.

• Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 support IEEE 802.3at for external

add-on devices.

• To ensure uninterruptible operation of the phone, make sure that the switch has a

backup power supply.

• Make sure that the CatOS or IOS version running on your switch supports your

intended phone deployment. Refer to the documentation for your switch for operating

system version information.

External power—Provided

through inline power patch

panel WS-PWR-PANEL

The inline power patch panel WS-PWR-PANEL is compatible with the Cisco Unified

IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.

2-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone

• Display on Duration—Indicates the length of time that the backlight is active once the backlight is

enabled by the programmed schedule

• Display Idle Timeout—Defines the period of user inactivity on the phone before the backlight is

turned off.

Power Negotiation over LLDP

The phone and the switch negotiate the power that the phone can consume. Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,

9951, 9971 operate at multiple power settings, which lowers their consumption when less power is

available.

After a phone reboots, the switch locks to one protocol (CDP or LLDP) for power negotiation. It locks

to the first protocol (containing a power Threshold Limit Value (TLV)) that the phone transmits. If the

system administrator disables that protocol on the phone, it cannot power up any accessories because the

switch does not respond to power requests in the other protocol.

Cisco recommends that Power Negotiation always be enabled (default) when connecting to a switch that

supports power negotiation.

If disabled, the switch may disconnect power to the phone. If the switch does not support power

negotiation, then disable the Power Negotiation feature before you power up accessories over PoE.

When the Power Negotiation feature is disabled, the phone can power the accessories up to 12.9W.

Note When CDP and Power Negotiation are disabled, the phone can power the accessories up to 15.4W.

To enable or disable power negotiation, see Table 8-1, “Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP

Phone”.

Obtaining Additional Information About Power

For related information about power, refer to the documents shown in Table 2-2. These documents

provide information about the following topics:

• Cisco switches that work with Cisco Unified IP Phones

• The Cisco IOS releases that support bidirectional power negotiation

• Other requirements and restrictions regarding power

Table 2-2 Related Documentation for Power

Document Topics URL

Cisco Unified IP Phone Power

Injector http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6951/index.html

PoE Solutions http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns340/ns394/ns147/ns412/net

working_solutions_package.html

Cisco Catalyst Switches http://cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/index.html

Integrated Service Routers http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/index.html

Cisco IOS Software http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/products_ios_

cisco_ios_software_category_home.html

2-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Understanding Phone Configuration Files

Configuration files for a phone are stored on the TFTP server and define parameters for connecting to

Cisco Unified Communications Manager. In general, any time you make a change in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager that requires the phone to be reset, a change is automatically made to the

phone’s configuration file.

Configuration files also contain information about which image load the phone should be running. If this

image load differs from the one currently loaded on a phone, the phone contacts the TFTP server to

request the required load files.

A phone accesses a default configuration file named XmlDefault.cnf.xml from the TFTP server when

the following conditions exist:

• You have enabled auto-registration in Cisco Unified Communications Manager

• The phone has not been added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database

• The phone is registering for the first time

Note If the device security mode in the configuration file is set to Authenticated or Encrypted, but the phone

has not received a CTL or ITL file, the phone tries four times to obtain the file so it can register securely.

If auto registration is not enabled and the phone has not been added to the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager database, the phone registration request will be rejected and display a blank

screen.

If the phone has registered before, the phone will access the configuration file named

SEPmac_address.cnf.xml, where mac_address is the MAC address of the phone.

The filenames are derived from the MAC address and description fields in the Phone Configuration

window of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. The MAC address uniquely

identifies the phone.

2-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Understanding the Phone Startup Process

When connecting to the VoIP network, the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 go through a

standard startup process that is described in Table 2-3. Depending on your specific network

configuration, not all of these steps may occur on your Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Table 2-3 Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process

Task Purpose Related Topics

1. Obtain power from the switch.

If a phone is not using external power, the switch provides in-line power

through the Ethernet cable attached to the phone.

• Adding Phones to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Database, page 2-9.

• Resolving Startup Problems,

page 12-1.

2. (For a Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 in a wireless LAN only) Scanning

for an access point.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone scans the RF coverage area with its radio.

The phone searches its network profiles and scans for access points that

have a matching SSID and authentication type. The phone associates

with the access point with the highest RSSI that matches with its

network profile.

• Interacting with Cisco Unified

Wireless APs, page 6-8.

3. (For a Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 in a wireless LAN only)

Authenticating with the access point.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone begins the authentication process:

• If set for Open, then any device can authenticate to the access

point. For added security, static WEP encryption might optionally

be used.

• If set to Shared Key, the phone encrypts the challenge text using

the WEP key and the access point must verify that the WEP key

was used to encrypt the challenge text before network access is

available.

• If set for LEAP or EAP-FAST, then the user name and password

are authenticated by the RADIUS server before network access is

available. For more information about the name and password

authentication, see “WLAN Setup Menu” section on page 7-7.

• If set for Auto (AKM), the phone looks for an access point with

one of the following key management options enabled:

–

WPA, WPA2, or CCKM—The username and password are

authenticated by the RADIUS server before network access is

available.

–

WPA-Pre-shared key, WPA2-Pre-shared key—The phone

authenticates with the access point using the pre-shared key.

• Authentication Methods,

page 6-11.

2-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Understanding the Phone Startup Process

4. Load the stored phone image.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone has non-volatile Flash memory in which it

stores firmware images and user-defined preferences. At startup, the

phone runs a bootstrap loader that loads a phone image stored in Flash

memory. Using this image, the phone initializes its software and

hardware.

• Resolving Startup Problems,

page 12-1.

5. Configure the VLAN.

If the Cisco Unified IP Phone is connected to a Cisco Catalyst switch,

the switch next informs the phone of the voice VLAN defined on the

switch. The phone needs to know its VLAN membership before it can

proceed with the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

request for an IP address.

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4.

• Resolving Startup Problems,

page 12-1.

6. Obtain an IP address.

If the Cisco Unified IP Phone is using DHCP to obtain an IP address,

the phone queries the DHCP server to obtain one. If you are not using

DHCP in your network, you must assign static IP addresses to each

phone locally.

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4.

• Resolving Startup Problems,

page 12-1.

7. Requesting the CTL file.

The TFTP server stores the CTL file. This file contains the certificates

necessary for establishing a secure connection between the phone and

Cisco Unified CM.

Refer to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Security

Guide, Configuring the Cisco CTL

Client.

8. Requesting the ITL file.

The phone requests the ITL file after it requests the CTL file. The ITL

file contains the certificates of the entities that the phone can trust. The

certificates are used for authenticating a secure connection with the

servers or authenticating a digital signature signed by the servers. The

ITL file is supported on the Cisco Unified CM 8.5 and later.

See the “Preparing to Install the Cisco

Unified IP Phone on Your Network”

chapter.

See the “Troubleshooting and

Maintenance” chapter.

9. Access a TFTP server.

In addition to assigning an IP address, the DHCP server directs the

Cisco Unified IP Phone to a TFTP Server. If the phone has a statically

defined IP address, you must configure the TFTP server locally on the

phone; the phone then contacts the TFTP server directly.

Note You can also assign an alternative TFTP server to use instead of

the one assigned by DHCP.

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4.

• Resolving Startup Problems,

page 12-1.

Table 2-3 Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process (continued)

Task Purpose Related Topics

2-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database

Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Database

Before installing the Cisco Unified IP phone, you must choose a method for adding phones to the

Cisco Unified Communications Manager database. These sections describe the methods:

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11

• Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12

• Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12

10. Request the configuration file.

The TFTP server has configuration files, which define parameters for

connecting to Cisco Unified Communications Manager and other

information for the phone.

• Adding Phones to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Database, page 2-9.

• Resolving Startup Problems,

page 12-1.

11. Contact Cisco Unified CM

The configuration file defines how the Cisco Unified IP Phone

communicates with Cisco Unified CM and provides a phone with its

load ID. After obtaining the file from the TFTP server, the phone

attempts to make a connection to the highest priority Cisco Unified CM

on the list.

If the security profile of the phone is configured for secure signaling

(encrypted or authenticated), and the Cisco Unified CM is set to secure

mode, the phone makes a TLS connection. Otherwise, it makes a

nonsecure TCP connection.

If the phone was manually added to the database, Cisco

Unified Communications Manager identifies the phone. If the phone

was not manually added to the database and auto-registration is enabled

in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, the phone attempts to

auto-register itself in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

database.

Note Autoregistration is disabled when you configure the CTL client.

In this case, the phone must be manually added to the Cisco

Unified CM database.

See the “Preparing to Install the Cisco

Unified IP Phone on Your Network”

chapter.

See the “Troubleshooting and

Maintenance” chapter.

Table 2-3 Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process (continued)

Task Purpose Related Topics

2-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database

Table 2-4 provides an overview of these methods for adding phones to the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager database.

Adding Phones with Auto-Registration

By enabling auto-registration before you begin installing phones, you can:

• Add phones without first gathering MAC addresses from the phones.

• Automatically add a Cisco Unified IP Phone to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

database when you physically connect the phone to your IP telephony network. During

auto-registration, Cisco Unified Communications Manager assigns the next available sequential

directory number to the phone.

• Quickly enter phones into the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database and modify any

settings, such as the directory numbers, from Cisco Unified Communications Manager.

• Move auto-registered phones to new locations and assign them to different device pools without

affecting their directory numbers.

Note Cisco recommends you use auto-registration to add less than 100 phones to your network. To add more

than 100 phones to your network, use the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT). See the “Adding Phones

Using BAT Phone Template” section on page 2-12.

Auto-registration is disabled by default. In some cases, you might not want to use auto-registration; for

example, if you want to assign a specific directory number to the phone, or use a secure connection with

Cisco Unified CM as described in Cisco Unified CM Security Guide. For information about enabling

auto-registration, go to the “Enabling Auto-Registration” section in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration Guide.

Related Topics

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11

• Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12

• Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12

Table 2-4 Methods for Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Database

Method

Requires MAC

Address? Notes

Auto-registration No Results in automatic assignment of directory numbers

Auto-registration with

TAPS No Requires auto-registration and the Bulk Administration

Tool (BAT); updates information in the Cisco Unified

IP Phone and in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration

Using the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager

Administration

Yes Requires phones to be added individually

Using BAT Yes Allows for simultaneous registration of multiple phones

2-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database

Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS

You can add phones with auto-registration and TAPS, the Tool for Auto-Registered Phones Support,

without first gathering MAC addresses from phones.

TAPS works with the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT) to update a batch of phones that were already

added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database with dummy MAC addresses. Use TAPS

to update MAC addresses and download pre-defined configurations for phones.

Note Cisco recommends you use auto-registration and TAPS to add less than 100 phones to your network. To

add more than 100 phones to your network, use the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT). See the “Adding

Phones Using BAT Phone Template” section on page 2-12.

To implement TAPS, you or the end-user dial a TAPS directory number and follow voice prompts. When

the process is complete, the phone will have downloaded its directory number and other settings, and the

phone will be updated in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration with the correct MAC

address.

Auto-registration must be enabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration

(System > Cisco Unified CM) for TAPS to function.

Note When you configure the cluster for mixed mode through the Cisco CTL client, auto-registration is

automatically disabled. When you configure the cluster for non-secure mode through the Cisco CTL

client, auto-registration is not enabled automatically.

For more information, refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide.

Related Topics

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10

• Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12

• Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12

2-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database

Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration

You can add phones individually to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database by using

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To do so, you first need to obtain the MAC

address for each phone.

For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco

Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.

After you have collected MAC addresses, in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration,

choose Device > Phone and click Add New to begin.

For complete instructions and conceptual information about Cisco Unified Communications Manager,

go to the “Cisco Unified Communications Manager Overview” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager System Guide.

Related Topics

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11

• Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12

Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template

The Cisco Unified Communications Bulk Administration Tool (BAT) enables you to perform batch

operations including registration on multiple phones.

To add phones using BAT only (not in conjunction with TAPS), you must obtain the appropriate MAC

address for each phone.

For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco

Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.

For detailed instructions about adding phones using Bulk Administration menu, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide, chapter Inserting Phones.

To add a phone to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Bulk Administration > Phones > Phone

Template.

Step 2 Click Add New.

Step 3 Choose a Phone Type and click Next.

Step 4 Enter the details of phone specific parameters like Device Pool, Phone Button Template, Device Security

Profile and so on.

Step 5 Click Save.

Step 6 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Add New to add a phone

using an existing BAT phone template.

2-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone

For more information about using BAT, refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk

Administration Guide. For more information about creating of BAT Phone Templates, see the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide, Phone Template.

Related Topics

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10

• Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11

• Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12

Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone

Several procedures described in this manual require you to determine the MAC address of a

Cisco Unified IP Phone. You can determine a phone’s MAC address in these ways:

• From the phone, press the Applications button and choose Phone Information and look at the

MAC Address field.

• Look at the MAC label on the back of the phone.

• Display the web page for the phone and click the Device Information hyperlink.

For information about accessing the web page, see the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone”

section on page 11-2.

2-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 2 Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network

Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone

CHAPTER

3-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

This chapter includes the following topics, which help you install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on an IP

telephony network:

• Before You Begin, page 3-1

• Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components, page 3-2

• Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-11

• Connecting the Footstand, page 3-19

• Phone Display Viewing Angle, page 3-20

• Verifying the Phone Startup Process, page 3-21

• Configuring Startup Network Settings, page 3-21

• Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-21

Note Before you install a Cisco Unified IP phone, you must decide how to configure the phone in your

network. Then you can install the phone and verify its functionality. For more information, see

Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network.”

Before You Begin

Before installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone, review the requirements in these sections:

• Network Requirements, page 3-1

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration, page 3-2

Network Requirements

For the Cisco Unified IP Phone to successfully operate as a Cisco Unified IP Phone endpoint in your

network, your network must meet the following requirements:

• Working Voice over IP (VoIP) Network:

–

VoIP configured on your Cisco routers and gateways

–

Cisco Unified Communications Manager installed in your network and configured to handle

call processing

3-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

• IP network that supports DHCP or manual assignment of IP address, gateway, and subnet mask

Note The Cisco Unified IP Phone displays the date and time from Cisco Unified Communications Manager.

• Voice over Wireless LAN (Optional for Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971)

–

Cisco Aironet Access Points (APs) configured to support Voice over WLAN (VoWLAN)

–

Controllers and switches configured to support VoWLAN

–

Security implemented for authenticating wireless voice devices and users

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration

The Cisco Unified IP Phone requires Cisco Unified Communications Manager to handle call processing.

Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide or to context-sensitive help in

the Cisco Unified Communications Manager application to ensure that Cisco Unified Communications

Manager is set up properly to manage the phone and to properly route and process calls.

If you plan to use auto-registration, verify that it is enabled and properly configured in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration before connecting any Cisco Unified IP Phone to the

network. For information about enabling and configuring auto-registration, refer to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration Guide. Also, see the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Database” section on page 2-9.

You must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to configure and assign

telephony features to the Cisco Unified IP Phones. See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco

Unified IP Phone” section on page 8-2 for details.

In Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, you can add users to the database and

associate them with specific phones. In this way, users gain access their Cisco Unified CM User Option

page to configure items such as call forwarding, speed dialing, and voice messaging system options. See

the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager” section on page 8-33 for details.

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes these components on the phone or as accessories for the phone:

• Network and Computer Ports, page 3-3

• Handset Rest, page 3-3

• Speakerphone, page 3-4

• Accessory Support on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971, page 3-4

• USB Port Data Information, page 3-5

• External Speakers and Microphone, page 3-5

• Headsets, page 3-5

• Using External Devices, page 3-11

3-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

Network and Computer Ports

The back of the Cisco Unified IP Phone includes these ports:

• Network port

• Computer port

Each port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps half- or full-duplex (except for full-duplex only for 1000 Mbps)

connections to external devices. You can use either Category 3 or 5 cabling for 10-Mbps connections,

but you must use Category 5/5e for 100 and 1000 Mbps connections.

Use the SW network port to connect the phone to the network. You must use a straight-through cable on

this port. The phone can also obtain inline power from a switch over this connection. See the “Adding

Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database” section on page 2-9 for details.

Use the Computer port to connect a network device, such as a computer, to the phone. You must use a

straight-through cable on this port.

Handset Rest

The wideband-capable handset is designed especially for use with a Cisco Unified IP Phone. It includes

a light strip that indicates incoming calls and voice messages waiting.

To connect a handset to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, plug the cable into the handset and the Handset port

on the back of the phone.

With a wall-mounted phone, you might need to adjust the handset rest to ensure that the receiver will not

slip out of the cradle, as shown in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-1 Removing the Hookswitch Clip

21 3

275943

3-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

Speakerphone

By default, the wideband-capable speakerphone is enabled on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

You can disable the speakerphone by using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To

do so, choose Device > Phone and locate the phone you want to modify. In the Phone Configuration

window for the phone, check the Disable Speakerphone check box.

Accessory Support on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Table 3-1 indicates the accessories that the Cisco Unified IP Phones 8961, 9951, and 9971 support; an

“X” indicates support for a particular phone model and a dash (—) indicates non-support:

1Remove handset from the cradle and pull the plastic tab from the handset rest.

2Rotate the tab 180 degrees.

3Hold the tab between two fingers, with the corner notches facing you.

4Line up the tab with the slot in the cradle, and press the tab evenly into the slot. An extension

protrudes from the top of the rotated tab. Return the handset to the handset rest.

Table 3-1 Accessory support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Accessory Type

Cisco Unified IP Phone

8961 9951 9971

Cisco Accessory

Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion

Module—See Chapter 4, “Setting Up the Cisco

Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.”

Add-on module 1 up to 2 up to 3

Cisco Unified Video Camera—See Chapter 5,

“Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera.”

Add-on module — X X

Third-Party Accessories

Headsets—See the “Headsets” section on

page 3-5. This section includes information on

each headset type.

Analog X X X

Analog Wideband X X X

Bluetooth — X X

USB(wired or

wireless)

XXX

Microphone—See “External Speakers and

Microphone” section on page 3-5.

External PC — X X

Speakers—See “External Speakers and

Microphone” section on page 3-5.

External PC — X X

3-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

USB Port Data Information

The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports a maximum of five devices connected to each USB port. Each

device connected to the phone is included in the maximum device count. For example, your phone can

support five USB devices (such as three Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion modules, one hub, and

one other standard USB device) on the side port and five additional standard USB devices on the back

port (the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 does not have a back USB port). (Many third-party USB products

count as several USB devices, so refer to documentation that came with a third-party product.)

Note Unpowered hubs are not supported, and powered hubs with more than four ports are not supported.

Note USB headsets connected to the phone through a USB hub are not supported.

The Cisco Unified Video Camera connected to the phone through a USB hub is not supported.

External Speakers and Microphone

External speakers and microphones are plug-and-play accessories. You can connect an external PC-type

microphone and powered speakers (with amplifier) on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 or 9971 using

the line in/out jacks. Connecting an external microphone disables the internal microphone and

connecting an external speaker will disable the phone’s internal speaker.

Note Using poor quality external audio devices, playing loudspeakers at very loud volumes or placing the

microphone very close to the loudspeaker may result in undesirable echo heard by other parties on your

speakerphone calls.

Headsets

Although Cisco Systems performs internal testing of third-party headsets for use with the Cisco Unified

IP Phones, Cisco does not certify or support products from headset or handset vendors.

The phone reduces some background noise that is detected by a headset microphone, but if you want to

further reduce the background noise and improve the overall audio quality, use a noise cancelling

headset.

Cisco recommends the use of good quality external devices, for example, headsets that are screened

against unwanted radio frequency (RF) and audio frequency (AF) signals. Depending on the quality of

headsets and their proximity to other devices such as mobile (cell) phones and two-way radios, some

audio noise or echo may still occur. An audible hum or buzz may be heard by either the remote party or

by both the remote party and the Cisco Unified IP Phone user. Humming or buzzing sounds can be

caused by a range of outside sources; for example, electric lights, electric motors, or large PC monitors.

See Using External Devices, page 3-11, for more information.

Note In some cases, hum may be reduced or eliminated by using a local power cube or power injector.

These environmental and hardware inconsistencies in the locations where Cisco Unified IP Phones are

deployed means that there is not a single headset solution that is optimal for all environments.

3-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

Cisco recommends that customers test headsets in their intended environment to determine performance

before making a purchasing decision and deploying en masse.

Audio Quality Subjective to the User

Beyond the physical, mechanical and technical performance, the audio portion of a headset must sound

good to the user and to the party on the far end. Sound quality is subjective and Cisco cannot guarantee

the performance of any headsets. However, a variety of headsets from leading headset manufacturers

have been reported to perform well with Cisco Unified IP Phones. See manufacturer’s sites for details.

Wired Headsets

To connect a wired headset to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, plug it into the Headset port on the back of

the phone. Press the Headset button on the phone to place and answer calls using the headset.

You can use the wired headset with all of the features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, including the

Volume and Mute buttons. Use these buttons to adjust the ear piece volume and to mute the speech path

from the headset microphone.

If the headset is analog, see the “Analog Headsets” section on page 3-7 for the procedure on configuring

the wideband codec.

Disabling a Wired Headset

You can disable the headset by using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. If you

do so, you also will disable the speakerphone.

To disable the headset from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device >

Phone and locate the phone that you want to modify. In the Phone Configuration window (Product

Specific Configuration layout portion), select the Disable Speakerphone and Headset check box.

USB Headsets

Wired and wireless USB headsets are also supported. You can connect a USB headset (or the base station

for a wireless headset) to either the Back USB port (if your phone has this port) or the Side USB port.

(The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 contain both a back USB port and a side USB port, while

the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 contains only a side USB port). For more information about wireless

headsets, see the “Wireless Headsets” section on page 3-8.

You must enable the applicable USB Port (either the Back USB Port parameter or the Side USB Port

parameter) in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (in the Product Specific

Configuration layout portion on the window). Also, for the Enable/Disable USB Classes parameter in

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, make sure that “Audio Class” is selected.

These parameters can be enabled on either the Phone Configuration window (Device > Phone), the

Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone Configuration), or the Common

Phone Profile window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone Profile). Also check the

corresponding Override Common Settings parameter in the configuration window.

For more information about parameters that can be configured in any of these three configuration

windows, see the “Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters” section on page 8-26.

3-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

Disabling the USB Headset

To disable the USB headset, disable the USB port (or disable the Audio Class parameter) that you

enabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. Also, you can select another type

of headset in the Accessories window on the phone, thus disabling the previously enabled headset.

Analog Headsets

Analog headsets are supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971. However, the

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 cannot detect when there is an analog headset plugged in.

For this reason, the analog headset will appear by default in the Accessories page on the phone screen.

(Press the Applications button and select Accessories.)

The main reason for this is to allow users to enable wideband for the analog headset. The phone is unable

to detect if the headset supports the wideband codec, but the user can enable wideband on analog

headsets by following these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Accessories.

Step 3 Highlight the analog headset, then press the Setup softkey.

Step 4 Turn wideband on/off for the selected headset by using the on/off toggle.

If the wideband on/off toggle is not enabled, follow the steps below to make sure the user can enable

wideband codec on an analog headset:

Procedure

Step 1 In Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, go to Device > Phone.

Step 2 In the Find and List Phones window, enter the search criteria for the phone to which you want to add the

analog headset, then click Find.

Step 3 Click on the Device Name you want; the Phone Configuration window displays.

Step 4 On the Product Specific Configuration Layout portion of the Phone Configuration window, be sure the

option called Wideband Headset UI Control is enabled (enabled by default).

Step 5 (Optional) Also on the Product Specific Configuration Layout portion of the Phone Configuration

window, you can set the Wideband Headset option (also enabled by default) in that window.

3-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

Wireless Headsets

The Cisco website provides information about wireless headsets that work with your IP phone. Go to the

following URL:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/prod/voicesw/ucphone_headsets.html

1. Choose IP Communications from the Enter Solution drop-down list box. The Select a Solution

Category drop-down list box displays.

2. Choose IP Phone Headsets to see a list of Technology Development Program partners.

Refer to the wireless headset documentation for information about connecting the headset and using the

features.

Using Bluetooth Wireless Headsets

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 support Bluetooth Class 2 technology when the headsets

support Bluetooth. Bluetooth enables low-bandwidth wireless connections within a range of 30 feet

(10 meters). The best performance is in the 3- to 6-foot range (1 to 2 meters). You can pair up to

5 headsets, but only the last one connected is used as the default.

There can be a potential interference issues. Cisco recommends that you reduce the proximity of other

802.11b/g devices, Bluetooth devices, microwave ovens, and large metal objects. If possible, configure

other 802.11 devices to use the 802.11a channels.

For a Bluetooth wireless headset to work, it does not need to be within direct line-of-sight of the phone,

but some barriers, such as walls or doors, and interference from other electronic devices, could affect

the connection.

Handsfree Profile

Your phone supports various Handsfree Profile features that enable you to use handsfree devices (such

as Bluetooth wireless headsets) to perform certain tasks without having to handle the phone. For

example, instead of pressing Redial on the phone, users can redial a number from their Bluetooth

wireless headset according to instructions from the headset manufacturer.

These handsfree features apply to Bluetooth wireless headsets used with the Cisco Unified IP

Phone 9951 and 9971:

• Answer a call

• End a call

• Change the headset volume for a call

• Redial

• Caller ID

• Reject

• Divert

• Hold and Accept

• Release and Accept

Handsfree devices may differ in how features are activated. Device manufacturers may also use different

terms when referring to the same feature.

For more information, see the manufacturer’s documentation.

3-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

Adding a Bluetooth Wireless Headset to the Phone

The Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971 support Bluetooth wireless headsets.

You can enable your bluetooth wireless headset by following these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 In Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, choose Device > Phone, locate the phone

you want to modify, and go to the Phone Configuration window for that phone.

Step 2 In the Phone Configuration window, select Enable for the Bluetooth setting and Handsfree for the

Bluetooth Profiles settings.

Step 3 Save your changes.

After the bluetooth wireless headset is enabled through Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration, you must add the headset as an accessory to the phone by using following these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 On the Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 or 9971, press the Applications button and select

Accessories.

Step 2 Select Add Bluetooth Accessory.

The Adding Bluetooth Accessory window appears. A message tells you to make sure your accessory is

“discoverable,” which means that the Bluetooth should be powered on and in “discoverable” or

“pairing” mode.

Once the Bluetooth device is located, its name will appear in the window, and a message appears that

asks for a PIN so that the Bluetooth device can be paired with the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Step 3 The Cisco Unified IP Phone automatically tries to pair with the headset by using a PIN of “0000.” If the

headset uses a different PIN, enter the correct PIN by referring to the user guide that came with the

headset.

Note It is recommended that users read the headset user guide for more information about pairing and

connecting the headsets.

Once the phone has the correct pin, the phone will try to connect to the accessory. The phone will provide

feedback to the user while it is trying to connect the accessory. If unable to connect, an error alert will

be shown to let the user know the reason for the failure. There will be a timeout of 10 seconds for the

phone to try to connect the accessory. If the timer expires without a successful connection, an error alert

will be displayed.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone connects with headsets using a shared key authentication and encryption

method. The Cisco Unified IP Phone can be connected with up to five headsets at a time. The last one

connected is used as the default. Pairing is typically performed once for each headset.

3-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components

Once a device has been paired, its Bluetooth connection is maintained as long as both devices (phone

and headset) are enabled and within range of each other. The connection typically re-establishes itself

automatically if either of the devices powers down then powers up. However, some headsets require user

action to re-establish the connection.

The Bluetooth icon indicates whether or not a device is connected.

When headsets are more than 30 feet (10 meters) away from the Cisco Unified IP Phone, Bluetooth drops

the connection after a 15- to 20-second timeout. If the paired headset comes back into range of the Cisco

Unified IP Phone and the phone is not connected to another Bluetooth headset, the in-range Bluetooth

headset automatically reconnects. For certain phone types that operate in power-save modes, the user

may have to “wake-up” the headset by tapping on its operational button to initiate the reconnect.

Removing a Bluetooth Device From the Phone

To remove a Bluetooth device from the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 or 9971, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Accessories.

Step 3 Highlight the device you want to remove and press the Delete softkey.

Related Documentation About Bluetooth Wireless Headsets

For information about how to use your Bluetooth wireless headset, see:

• Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications

Manager

• User guides that were provided with your headset

Important Note about Headset Types

Only one headset type will work at any given time, so if you have both a Bluetooth headset and an analog

headset attached to the phone, enabling the Bluetooth headset disables the analog headset. To enable the

analog headset, disable the Bluetooth headset. Plugging a USB headset into a phone that has Bluetooth

headset enabled disables both the Bluetooth and analog headset. If you unplug the USB headset, then

you can either enable the Bluetooth headset or disable the Bluetooth headset to use the analog headset.

3-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Using External Devices

Cisco recommends the use of good quality external devices (such as speakers, microphones, and

headsets) that are shielded (screened) against unwanted radio frequency (RF) and audio frequency (AF)

signals.

Depending on the quality of these devices and their proximity to other devices such as mobile phones or

two-way radios, some audio noise may still occur. In these cases, Cisco recommends that you take one

or more of the following actions:

• Move the external device away from the source of the RF or AF signals.

• Route the external device cables away from the source of the RF or AF signals.

• Use shielded cables for the external device, or use cables with a better shield and connector.

• Shorten the length of the external device cable.

• Apply ferrites or other such devices on the cables for the external device.

Cisco cannot guarantee the performance of the system because Cisco has no control over the quality of

external devices, cables, and connectors. The system will perform adequately when suitable devices are

attached using good quality cables and connectors.

Caution In European Union countries, use only external headsets that are fully compliant with the EMC Directive

[89/336/EC].

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

You must connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone to the network and to a power source before using it. See

Figure 3-2, Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-6 for graphical representations of the back connections for Cisco

Unified IP Phones 8961, 9951, and 9971, respectively. See Figure 3-3, Figure 3-5, and Figure 3-7 for

graphical representations of the side connections for Cisco Unified IP Phones 8961, 9951, and 9971,

respectively.

Note Before you install a phone, even if it is new, upgrade the phone to the current firmware image.

Before using external devices, read the “Using External Devices” section on page 3-11 for safety and

performance information.

Note Firmware upgrades over the WLAN interface may take longer than upgrading over the wired interface,

depending on the quality and bandwidth of the wireless connection. Some upgrades may take more than

hour.

3-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

To install a Cisco Unified IP Phone, you must perform the task described in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2 Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Task Purpose Related Topics

1. Connect the handset to the handset port. —

2. Connect a headset to the headset port.

Optional. You can add a headset later if you do not connect one now.

See the “Headsets” section on page 3-5 for

more information.

3. (Optional) Connect a wireless headset (for the Cisco Unified IP

Phone 9951 and 9971 only).

You can add a wireless headset later if you do not want to connect

one now.

Refer to your wireless headset

documentation for information.

4. Connect a straight-through Ethernet cable from the switch to the

network port labeled 10/100/1000 SW on the Cisco Unified IP

Phone.

Each Cisco Unified IP Phone ships with one Ethernet cable in the

box.

Use either Category 3/5/5e cabling for 10-Mbps connections, use

Category 5/5e for 100 Mbps connections, and use Category 5e for

1000Mbps connections.

See the “Network and Computer Ports”

section on page 3-3 for guidelines.

5. Connect a straight-through Ethernet cable from another network

device, such as a desktop computer, to the Computer port on the

Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Optional. You can connect another network device later if you do not

connect one now.

You can use either Category 3/5/5e cabling for 10-Mbps

connections, use Category 5/5e for 100 Mbps connections, and use

Category 5e for 1000Mbps connections.

See the “Network and Computer Ports”

section on page 3-3 for guidelines.

6. (Optional) Enable the phone to use the wireless local area network

(WLAN).

Note You must disconnect all ethernet connections if you deploy

the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 on a wireless LAN.

3-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Figure 3-2 Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 Connections (Back)

1DC adaptor port (DC48V) 5Computer port (10/100/1000 PC) connection

2AC-to-DC power supply (optional) 6Handset Connection

3AC power wall plug (optional) 7Analog Headset Connection (optional)

4Network port (10/100/1000 SW) with IEEE

802.3af and 802.3at power enabled

8Anti-theft security lock connector (lock optional)

277213

ComputerNetwork

3-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Figure 3-3 Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 Cable Connections (Side)

1USB port 2Accessory connector (such as for the Cisco Unified

IP Color Key Expansion Module)

197210

3-15

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Figure 3-4 Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 Cable Connections (Back)

1DC adaptor port (DC48V) 6Handset Connection

2AC-to-DC power supply (optional) 7Analog Headset Connection (optional)

3AC power wall plug (optional) 8USB Port

4Network port (10/100/1000 SW) with IEEE 802.3af

power enabled

9Anti-theft Security lock connector (lock optional)

5Computer port (10/100/1000 PC) Connection 10 Camera pin holes (for Cisco Unified Video Camera)

277214

ComputerNetwork

3-16

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Figure 3-5 Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 Cable Connections (Side)

1Side USB port 3General purpose output port (speakers)

2Accessory connector (such as for the Cisco

Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module)

4General purpose input port (microphone)

197155

3-17

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Figure 3-6 Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Cable Connections (Back)

1DC adaptor port (DC48V) 7Analog Headset Connection (optional)

2AC-to-DC power supply (optional) 8USB Port

3AC power wall plug (optional) 9Anti-theft Security lock connector (lock optional)

4Network port (10/100/1000 SW) with IEEE

802.3af and IEEE 802.3at power enabled

10 Camera pin holes (for Cisco Unified Video Camera)

5Computer port (10/100/1000 PC) Connection 11 SDIO slot (not used for this release)

6Handset Connection

277215

ComputerNetwork

1011

3-18

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Figure 3-7 Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Cable Connections (Side)

Related Topics

• Connecting the Footstand, page 3-19

• Verifying the Phone Startup Process, page 3-21

• Configuring Startup Network Settings, page 3-21

1Side USB port 3General purpose output port (speakers)

2Accessory connector (such as for the Cisco

Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module)

4General purpose input port (microphone)

197155

3-19

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Connecting the Footstand

If your phone is placed on a table or desk, connect the footstand to the back of the phone.

Figure 3-8 illustrates the footstand on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971. To attach the

footstand to the phone, align the tabs to the appropriate set of holes on the phone and snap into place.

Figure 3-8 Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

1Insert the curved connectors into the lower

slots.

2Lift the footstand until the connectors snap into the upper slots.

Note Connecting and disconnecting the footstand requires a

little extra force than you might expect.

193118

3-20

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Phone Display Viewing Angle

The phone display viewing angle can be adjusted according to your preference. Hold the handset and

cradle with your left hand, hold the right side of the bezel (to the right of the display) with your right

hand, then move your hands back and forth in opposite directions to adjust the angle.

Securing the Phone with a Cable Lock

You can secure the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 to a desktop by using a laptop cable

lock. The lock connects to the anti-theft security connector on the back of the phone, and the cable can

be secured to a desktop.

The security slot can accommodate a lock up to 20 mm. Compatible laptop cable locks include the

Kensington laptop cable lock and laptop cable locks from other manufacturers that can fit into the

security slot on the back of the phone.

Mounting the Phone to the Wall

You can mount the Cisco Unified IP Phone on the wall by using special brackets available in a Cisco

Unified IP Phone wall mount kit. (Wall mount kits must be ordered separately from the phone.) For

detailed information, see Appendix E, “Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” or

Appendix F, “Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount.”

193119

3-21

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Verifying the Phone Startup Process

After the Cisco Unified IP Phone has power connected to it, the phone begins its startup diagnostic

process. by cycling through the following steps.

1. The buttons on the Feature and Session buttons flash amber and then green in sequence during the

various stages of bootup as the phone checks its hardware.

2. The main screen displays a “Registering to Cisco Unified Communications Manager” message.

If the phone successfully passes through these stages, it has started up properly and the Select button

stays lit until it is selected. If the phone does not start up properly, see the “Resolving Startup Problems”

section on page 12-1.

Configuring Startup Network Settings

If you are not using DHCP in your network, you must configure these network settings on the Cisco

Unified IP Phone after installing the phone on the network:

• IP address

• IP subnet information

• TFTP server IP address

• You also may configure the domain name and the DNS server settings, if necessary.

Collect this information and see the instructions in Chapter 7, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco

Unified IP Phone.”

Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

The security features protect against several threats, including threats to the identity of the phone and to

data. These features establish and maintain authenticated communication streams between the phone and

the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server, and ensure that the phone uses only digitally signed

files.

Cisco Unified Communications Manager (beginning with Release 8.5(1)) includes Security by Default,

which provides the following security features for Cisco Unified IP phones without running the CTL

client:

• Signing of the phone configuration files.

• Phone configuration file encryption.

• https with Tomcat and other Web services.

Note Secure signaling and media features still require you to run the CTL client and use hardware eTokens.

For more information about the security features, see the “Understanding Security Features for Cisco

Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-15. Also, refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Security Guide.

3-22

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 3 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

A Locally Significant Certificate (LSC) installs on phones after you perform the necessary tasks that are

associated with the Certificate Authority Proxy Function (CAPF). You can use Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration to configure an LSC, as described in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Security Guide.

Alternatively, you can initiate the installation of an LSC from the Security Setup menu on the phone.

This menu also lets you update or remove an LSC.

Before You Begin

Make sure that the appropriate Cisco Unified Communications Manager and the Certificate Authority

Proxy Function (CAPF) security configurations are complete:

• The CTL or ITL file should have a CAPF certificate.

• On Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration, verify that the CAPF

certificate has been installed

• The CAPF is running and configured.

Refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide for more information.

To configure an LSC on the phone, perform these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the CAPF authentication code that was set when the CAPF was configured.

Step 2 From the phone, press Applications and choose Administrator Settings > Security Setup.

Note You can control access to the Settings Menu by using the Settings Access field in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Administration Phone Configuration window. For more

information, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.

Step 3 Choose LSC and press the Select button or Update softkey.

The phone prompts for an authentication string.

Step 4 Enter the authentication code and press the Submit softkey.

The phone begins to install, update, or remove the LSC, depending on how the CAPF was configured.

During the procedure, a series of messages appears in the LSC option field in the Security Configuration

menu, so you can monitor progress. When the procedure completes successfully, the phone will display

Installed or Not Installed.

The LSC install, update, or removal process can take a long time to complete. You can stop the process

at any time by pressing the Stop softkey from the Security Setup menu.

When the phone successfully completes the installation procedure, it displays “Installed.” If the phone

displays, “Not Installed,” the authorization string may be incorrect or the phone may not enabled for

upgrading. If the CAPF operation was to delete the LSC, the phone will display “Not Installed” to

indicate that the operation was successful. Refer to error messages generated on the CAPF server and

take appropriate actions.

CHAPTER

4-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key

Expansion Module

The Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module (KEM) attaches to your Cisco Unified IP Phone

8961, Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951, and Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 to add additional line appearances,

speed dials, or programmable buttons to your phone.

You can add one Key Expansion Module (KEM) to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 to add up to 36

extra lines or buttons, two Expansion Modules to the Cisco Unified Phone 9951 to add up to 72 extra

lines or buttons, and three Expansion Modules to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 to add up to 108 extra

lines or buttons.

The programmable buttons can be set up as phone line buttons, speed-dial buttons, or phone feature

buttons.

Most call functions, such as answering a call, placing a call on hold, and transferring a call, can be

performed with the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.

Table 4-1 lists the Cisco Unified IP Phones and the number of Key Expansion Modules supported by

each model.

Note For information on installing a wall mount kit for a phone that includes a Cisco Unified IP Color Key

Expansion Module, see the “Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module” section

on page E-8.

This chapter includes the following topics:

• Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 4-2

• Configuring the Key Expansion Module in Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration, page 4-4

• Key Expansion Module Settings on the Phone, page 4-5

• Upgrading the Key Expansion Module, page 4-5

Table 4-1 Cisco Unified IP Phones and Supported KEMs

Cisco Unified IP Phone Model KEMs Supported

9971 3 KEMs with 108 lines or buttons

9951 2 KEMs with 72 lines or buttons

8961 1 KEM with 36 lines or buttons

4-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 4 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module

Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

• Removing a Key Expansion Module, page 4-6

• Troubleshooting, page 4-6

Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP

Phone

This section contains the following topics:

• Power Information, page 4-2

• Connecting a Single KEM to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 4-2

• Connecting Two or More KEMs to the Phone Using the KEM Spine Connector, page 4-3

Power Information

The Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and

9971 have the following power consumption and power scheme.

Power Consumption

48V DC, 5W per KEM

Power Scheme

• At least one KEM can be powered up if the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 uses AT

PoE.

• If the phone uses a power adapter, three KEMs can be powered up for the Cisco Unified

IP Phone 9971, two KEMs can be powered up for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951, and one KEM

can be powered up for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961.

• A KEM cannot be powered up if the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 uses AF PoE.

• With AT power, the Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971 can support two KEMs plus a USB

headset or another USB device that is independently powered and only uses USB for signaling.

• The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 needs a power cube to support three KEMs.

• With AF power, the Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971 need power cubes for any KEMS. The

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 can support one KEM with CDP, AF power, and no power cube.

Connecting a Single KEM to the Cisco Unified IP Phone

To connect a single KEM to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Position the phone so that the front of the phone is facing up.

Step 2 Connect one end of the KEM spine connector to the Accessory Connector on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Step 3 Connect the other end of the KEM spine connector to the KEM as shown in Figure 4-1.

4-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 4 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module

Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Figure 4-1 Connecting the KEM Spine Connector to the Cisco Unified IP Phone and KEM

Step 4 Fasten the screws on the spine connector after connecting both the ends.

Note You can use a coin or screwdriver to fasten the screws. Make sure that the sides of the screw

heads are fully inserted into the spine connector cavity and tightened.

Connecting Two or More KEMs to the Phone Using the KEM Spine Connector

To connect two or more KEMs to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Position the phone so that the front of the phone is facing up.

Step 2 Connect one end of the KEM spine connector to the Accessory Connector on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

and the other end of the spine connector to a KEM, as shown in the (Figure 4-1 on page 4-3). The first

KEM is now connected to the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Step 3 Using a second KEM spine connector, connect the second KEM to the first KEM.

Step 4 (Optional) Using a third KEM spine connector, connect the third KEM to the second (middle) KEM.

Figure 4-2 shows a Cisco Unified IP Phone with three KEMs attached.

Step 5 Fasten the screws on the spine connectors after connecting both the ends.

206800

4-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 4 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module

Configuring the Key Expansion Module in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration

Figure 4-2 Cisco Unified IP Phone with Three KEMs Attached

Note Cisco offers two other methods of connecting KEMs to your phone in case you either have a shortage of

desk space that prevents you from using the spine connectors as shown in Figure 4-2, or in case you need

access to the speaker and microphone ports (on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971) that the KEM

spine connector covers up.

Configuring the Key Expansion Module in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration

To configure the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, perform

the following:

Procedure

Step 1 In Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device > Phone.

The Find and List Phones page appears. You can search for one or more phones that you want to

configure for the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.

Step 2 Select and enter your search criteria and click Find.

The Find and List Phones window appears with a list of phones that match your search criteria.

Step 3 Click the IP Phone that you want to configure for the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.

The Phone Configuration window appears.

Scroll down to the Expansion Module Information section on the right pane of the Phone Configuration

window, and choose the appropriate expansion module (or “none) for the Module 1, Module 2 and

Module 3 fields, in this order.

For the Module Load Name, enter the custom software for the appropriate expansion module, if

applicable. The value that you enter overrides the default value for the current model. Ensure the

firmware load matches the module load. If the Module Load Name is left blank, the default load (the

load bundled with the phone load) is installed.

For the number of supported KEMs per phone model, refer to Table 4-1 on page 4-1.

Step 4 Make sure the Side USB Port parameter is enabled.

197184

4-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 4 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module

Key Expansion Module Settings on the Phone

Note If the Side USB Port is disabled, the KEM will not work.

Step 5 Be sure to select the phone button template (in the Device Information portion of the Phone

Configuration window) that has been configured to make full use of the KEM(s) attached to the phone.

Step 6 Click Save.

Key Expansion Module Settings on the Phone

Once you have installed one or more KEMs on the phone and have configured them in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration, the KEMs are automatically recognized by the Cisco Unified

IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.

On the phone, press the Applications button and then press Accessories. All KEMs that have been

properly installed and configured should appear in the list of accessories.

When multiple KEMs are attached, they will be numbered according to the order in which they are

connected with respect to the phone. For example (refer to Figure 4-2):

• Key Expansion Module 1 is the KEM closest to the phone.

• Key Expansion Module 2 is the KEM in the middle.

• Key Expansion Module 3 is the KEM farthest to the right.

You can select a KEM, and then choose one of the following softkeys:

• Exit—Returns to the Applications menu.

• Details—Provides details about the selected KEM.

• Setup—Allows you to configure the brightness of the selected KEM. This can also be done by means

of the Preferences menu. For details, refer to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 User

Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager, “Accessories” chapter, “Adjust the Brightness

on the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module” section.

Upgrading the Key Expansion Module

To automatically upgrade KEMs to the latest load, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Power on the KEM, press Page 1, and do not release. When the LCD turns white, continue pressing Page

1 for at least one second.

Step 2 Release Page 1; LEDs should turn red. Immediately press Page 2 and continue pressing Page 2 for at

least one second.

Step 3 Release Page 2; all LEDs should turn amber.

Step 4 Press Lines 5, 14, 1, 18, 10, and 9 in sequence.

The LCD should turn blue, and the spinning loader is displayed in the center.

4-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 4 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module

Removing a Key Expansion Module

The KEM starts to upgrade.

Removing a Key Expansion Module

If you need to remove all existing KEMs from the phone, detach them from the phone, then go to Cisco

Unified Communications Manager administration and update the phone configuration file accordingly.

If you are removing one or more KEMs but still leaving one or more KEMs attached to the phone, refer

to the “Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 4-2 for

instructions on how the KEMs and phone should be connected based on how many KEMs will remain.

Also, go to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration and update the phone configuration

file accordingly.

Troubleshooting

To obtain KEM troubleshooting information, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Open a command line interface.

Step 2 Enter the following command to enter debug mode:

debugsh

Step 3 Enter ? to see all available commands and options.

Step 4 Use the applicable commands and options to find the KEM information desired.

To exit debug mode, either perform a Ctrl-C.

CHAPTER

5-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 supports the add-on accessory Cisco Unified Video Camera.

The Cisco Unified Video Camera connects to your Cisco Unified IP Phone and allows you to make a

point-to-point video call with another Cisco Unified IP Phone with a Cisco Unified Video Camera

attached. If a phone does not have a Cisco Unified Video Camera attached, it can only receive one-way

video.

This chapter contains the following information:

• Configuring the Cisco Unified Video Camera, page 5-1

• Attaching the Cisco Unified Video Camera, page 5-2

• Adjusting the Camera Settings, page 5-2

• Post-Installation Steps, page 5-4

• Using the Cisco Unified Video Camera, page 5-4

Configuring the Cisco Unified Video Camera

To configure the Cisco Unified Video Camera, you must perform the following configuration steps in

Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration:

Note The parameters described in the following procedure can be enabled on either the Phone Configuration

window (Device > Phone), the Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone

Configuration), or the Common Phone Profile window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone

Profile). Be sure to also check the corresponding Override Common Settings parameter in the

configuration window. The Phone Configuration window is referenced below for purposes of the

procedure description.

For more information about parameters that can be configured in any of these three configuration

windows, see the “Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters” section on page 8-26.

Procedure

Step 1 In the phone configuration window (Device > Phone) of the phone to which you are adding the Cisco

Unified Video Camera, enable the Cisco Camera parameter. This field is located in the Product Specific

Configuration layout portion of the window.

5-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 5 Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera

Attaching the Cisco Unified Video Camera

Step 2 On the same window, enable the Video Capabilities parameter.

Step 3 Click Save.

Attaching the Cisco Unified Video Camera

To install the Cisco Unified Video Camera, you can either:

• Attach the camera to your phone.

• Attach the camera to your computer monitor (or to another object in your work area).

The USB port connector on the bottom of the Cisco Unified Video Camera attaches to the back port (not

the side port) on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 or 9971. As you attach the USB connector to the back

port on the phone, the camera should slide easily into the camera pin holes on the phone.

Figure 3-4 on page 3-15 shows the location of the back USB port and the camera pin holes for the Cisco

Unified IP Phone 9951. Figure 3-6 on page 3-17 shows the location of the back USB port and the camera

pin holes for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.

Installation Procedure

For the complete installation procedure, see the Cisco Unified Video Camera Quick Start Guide at this

location:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10655/products_user_guide_list.html

Adjusting the Camera Settings

Once you have attached the camera on your phone, you can control the features of the camera.

This section provides information on the features you can control from the phone:

• Adjusting the Camera View Area, page 5-2

• Adjusting the Brightness Setting, page 5-3

• Adjusting Auto Transmit Setting, page 5-3

Adjusting the Camera View Area

The View Area feature acts as a wide angle and zoom function for your camera and allows you to adjust

the view area that is shared during video streaming. The View Area feature acts as a wide angle and zoom

function for your camera.

To adjust the camera view area, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Accessories.

Step 3 Highlight Cisco Unified Camera.

5-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 5 Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera

Adjusting the Camera Settings

Step 4 Press the Set-up softkey.

Step 5 Select View Area.

Step 6 Use the arrows on the Navigation pad to increase or decrease the view area.

Step 7 Press the Save softkey.

Adjusting the Brightness Setting

The Brightness setting affects the video that you transmit to others. However, it does not affect the video

that you receive from other parties. You can adjust the brightness setting to improve the quality of the

video during streaming.

Note As the field of view can affect brightness, adjust the View Area feature for your camera before adjusting

the Brightness setting.

To adjust the Brightness setting, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Accessories.

Step 3 Highlight Cisco Unified Camera.

Step 4 Press the Set-up softkey.

Step 5 Select Brightness.

Step 6 Use the arrows on the Navigation pad to increase or decrease brightness.

Step 7 Press the Save softkey.

Adjusting Auto Transmit Setting

The Auto Transmit feature allows you to control the streaming of videos for both inound and outbound

calls.

When Auto Transmit is on (default setting), the camera streams video automatically during calls.

When Auto Transmit is off, video for each call is automatically muted (however, your phone still

receives video). To resume video transmission in this case, press the Unmute Video softkey .

To turn the Auto Transmit setting on or off, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Accessories.

5-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 5 Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera

Post-Installation Steps

Step 3 Highlight Cisco Unified Camera.

Step 4 Press the Set-up softkey.

Step 5 Press the Turn On or Turn Off softkey.

Post-Installation Steps

After installing the Cisco Unified Video Camera, perform the following checks:

1. Wait till the “camera ready” message appears.

Note The camera may need to upgrade after installation. This may take a few minutes before the

camera is operational.

2. Press the Video Preview softkey to check the picture quality.

–

If the video preview image looks too blue, try increasing the camera Brightness setting.

–

If the background looks washed out, try decreasing the camera Brightness setting.

Note For information about adjusting camera settings on the phone, see the Cisco Unified Video

Camera Quick Start Guide at this location:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10655/products_user_guide_list.html

3. Move the phone/camera to a position where there are no bright lights in the field of view.

4. Move the phone/camera so that the user is illuminated by light coming from the front.

Using the Cisco Unified Video Camera

For information about placing and receiving video calls, setting up video conferences, and adjusting

camera settings on the phone, see the Cisco Unified Video Camera Quick Start Guide at this location:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10655/products_user_guide_list.html

CHAPTER

6-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

This chapter provides an overview of the interaction between a wireless-capable Cisco Unified IP Phone

9971 and other key components of a VoIP network in a wireless local area network (WLAN)

environment. This chapter contains the following sections:

• Understanding the Wireless LAN, page 6-1

• Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies, page 6-2

• Bluetooth Wireless Technology, page 6-7

• Components of the VoIP Wireless Network, page 6-8

• Security for Voice Communications in WLANs, page 6-11

• VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15

• Configuring Wireless LAN, page 6-16

Note For instructions on deploying and configuring a wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971, refer to the Cisco

Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide at this location:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/voice_ip_comm/cuipph/9971_9951_8961/7_1_3/english/deploymen

t/guide/9971dply.pdf

Understanding the Wireless LAN

With the introduction of wireless communication, Cisco Unified IP Phones with wireless capability, such

as the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971, can provide voice communication within the corporate WLAN. The

Cisco Unified IP Phone depends upon and interacts with wireless access points (APs) and key Cisco IP

telephony components, including Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, to provide

wireless voice communication. Cisco Access Points can run in standalone or unified mode. Unified

mode requires the Cisco Unified Wireless LAN Controller.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 exhibits Wi-fi capabilities which can be used 802.11a, 802.11b and

802.11g Wi-Fi.

6-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies

Figure 6-1 shows a typical WLAN topology that enables the wireless transmission of voice for wireless

IP telephony.

Figure 6-1 WLAN with Wireless IP Phones

When a Cisco Unified IP Phone powers on, it searches for and becomes associated with an AP if the

phone Wireless access is set to On.

The AP uses its connection to the wired network to transmit data and voice packets to and from the

switches and routers. Voice signaling is transmitted to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

server for call processing and routing.

APs are critical components in a WLAN because they provide the wireless links or “hot spots” to the

network. Cisco requires that the APs supporting voice communications use Cisco IOS Release 12.3(8)JA

or later. Cisco IOS software provides features for managing voice traffic.

In some WLANs, each AP has a wired connection to an Ethernet switch, such as a Cisco Catalyst 3750,

that is configured on a LAN. The switch provides access to gateways and the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager server to support wireless IP telephony.

Some networks have wired components that support wireless components. The wired components can

comprise switches, routers, and bridges with special modules to enable wireless capability.

For more information about Cisco Unified Wireless Networks, refer to

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/wireless/index.html

Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies

This section describes the following concepts:

• 802.11 Standards for WLAN Communications, page 6-3

• World Mode (802.11d), page 6-4

• Radio Frequency Ranges, page 6-5

• 802.11 Data Rates, Tx Power, Ranges, and Decibel Tolerances, page 6-5

06565

IP IP IP IP

6-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies

• Wireless Modulation Technologies, page 6-6

• AP, Channel, and Domain Relationships, page 6-7

• WLANs and Roaming, page 6-7

802.11 Standards for WLAN Communications

Wireless LANs must follow the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11

standards that define the protocols that govern all Ethernet-based wireless traffic. The Cisco Unified IP

Phone supports the following standards:

• 802.11a—Uses the 5 GHz band that provides more channels and improved data rates by using

OFDM technology. Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) and Transmit Power Control (TPC)

support this standard.

• 802.11b—Specifies the radio frequency (RF) of 2.4 Ghz for both transmitting and receiving data at

lower data rates (1,2,5.5, 11 Mbps).

• 802.11d—Enables access points to advertise their currently supported radio channels and transmit

power levels. The 802.11d enabled client then uses that information to determine which channels

and powers to use. The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 requires world mode (802.11d) to determine

which channels are legally allowed for any given country. For supported channels, see Table 6-1.

Make sure that 802.11d is properly configured on the Cisco IOS Access Points or Cisco Unified

Wireless LAN Controller; for more information, see the “World Mode (802.11d)” section on

page 6-4.

• 802.11e—QoS

• 802.11g—Uses the same unlicensed 2.4 Ghz band as 802.11b, but extends the data rates to provide

greater performance by using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) technology.

OFDM is a physical-layer encoding technology for transmitting signals by using RF.

• 802.11h—5 GHz spectrum and transmit power management

• 802.11i—Security

Note 802.11j (channels 34, 38, 42, 46) and channel 165 are not supported.

Table 6-1 Supported Channels for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971

Part Number Band Range Available Channels 5 GHz Channel Set

CP-9971-K9 2.412 – 2.484 GHz

5.180 – 5.240 GHz

5.260 – 5.320 GHz

5. 500 – 5.700 GHz

5.745 – 5.805 GHz

13 (14 in Japan)

UNII-2

UNII-2 Extended

UNII-3

6-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies

World Mode (802.11d)

If you are using the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 in the World Mode, you must enable World mode

(802.11d). The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 uses 802.11d to determine which channels and transmit

powers to use and inherits its client configuration from the associated access point.

Note Enabling World Mode (802.11d) may not be necessary if the frequency is 2.4GHz and the current access

point is transmitting on a channel 1-11.

As all countries support these frequencies, you can attempt to scan these channels regardless of

supporting World Mode (802.11d). For the countries which support 2.4GHz, refer to Cisco Unified IP

Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide.

Enable World Mode (802.11d) for the corresponding country where the access point is located. World

Mode is enabled automatically for the Cisco Unified Wireless LAN Controller.

World Mode must be enabled manually for Cisco Autonomous Access Points using the following

commands:

Interface dot11radio X

world-mode dot11d country US both

Supported Countries

The following countries are supported by the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971:

Argentina (AR) India (IN) Poland (PL)

Australia (AU) Indonesia (ID) Portugal (PT)

Austria (AT) Ireland (IE) Puerto Rico (PR)

Belgium (BE) Israel (IL) Romania (RO)

Brazil (BR) Italy (IT) Russian Federation (RU)

Bulgaria (BG) Japan (JP) Saudi Arabia (SA)

Canada (CA) Korea (KR / KP) Singapore (SG)

Chile (CL) Latvia (LV) Slovakia (SK)

Colombia (CO) Liechtenstein (LI) Slovenia (SI)

Costa Rica (CR) Lithuania (LT) South Africa (ZA)

Cyprus (CY) Luxembourg (LU) Spain (ES)

Czech Republic (CZ) Malaysia (MY) Sweden (SE)

Denmark (DK) Malta (MT) Switzerland (CH)

Estonia (EE) Mexico (MX) Taiwan (TW)

Finland (FI) Monaco (MC) Thailand (TH)

France (FR) Netherlands (NL) Turkey (TR)

Germany (DE) New Zealand (NZ) Ukraine (UA)

Gibraltar (GI) Norway (NO) United Arab Emirates (AE)

Greece (GR) Oman (OM) United Kingdom (GB)

Hong Kong (HK) Panama (PA) United States (US)

6-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies

Radio Frequency Ranges

WLAN communications use the following radio frequency (RF) ranges:

• 2.4 GHz—Many devices that utilize 2.4 GHz can potentially interfere with the 802.11b/g

connection. An interferer can produce a Denial of Service (DoS) scenario, possibly preventing

successful 802.11 transmissions.

• 5 GHz—Divided into several sections called Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (UNII)

bands and has four channels each. The channels are spaced at 20 MHz to provide non-overlapping

channels and more channels than with 2.4 GHz.

802.11 Data Rates, Tx Power, Ranges, and Decibel Tolerances

Table 6-2 lists the Tx power capacities, data rates, ranges in feet and meters, and decibels tolerated by

the receiver by 801.11 standard.

Hungary (HU) Peru (PE) Venezuela (VE)

Iceland (IS) Philippines (PH) Vietnam (VN)

Table 6-2 Tx Power, Data Rates, Ranges, and Decibels by Standard

Standard Maximum Tx Power1Data Rate2Range Receiver Sensitivity

802.11a

16 dBm 6 Mbps 604 ft (184 m) -91 dBm

9 Mbps 604 ft (184 m) -90 dBm

12 Mbps 551 ft (168 m) -88 dBm

18 Mbps 545 ft (166 m) -86 dBm

24 Mbps 512 ft (156 m) -82 dBm

36 Mbps 420 ft (128 m) -80 dBm

48 Mbps 322 ft (98 m) -77 dBm

54 Mbps 289 ft (88 m) -75 dBm

802.11g

16 dBm 6 Mbps 709 ft (216 m) -91 dBm

9 Mbps 650 ft (198 m) -90 dBm

12 Mbps 623 ft (190 m) -87 dBm

18 Mbps 623 ft (190 m) -86 dBm

24 Mbps 623 ft (190 m) -82 dBm

36 Mbps 495 ft (151 m) -80 dBm

48 Mbps 413 ft (126 m) -77 dBm

54 Mbps 394 ft (120 m) -76 dBm

6-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies

Wireless Modulation Technologies

Wireless communications uses the following modulation technologies for signaling:

• Direct-Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS)—Prevents interference by spreading the signal over the

frequency range or bandwidth. DSSS technology multiplexes chunks of data over several

frequencies so that multiple devices can communicate without interference. Each device has a

special code that identifies its data packets and all others are ignored. Cisco wireless 802.11b/g

products use DSSS technology to support multiple devices on the WLAN.

• Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM)—Transmits signals by using RF. OFDM is

a physical-layer encoding technology that breaks one high-speed data carrier into several

lower-speed carriers to transmit in parallel across the RF spectrum. OFDM, when used with 802.11g

and 802.11a, can support data rates as high as 54 Mbps.

Table 6-3 provides a comparison of data rates, number of channels, and modulation technologies by

standard.

802.11b

17 dBm 1 Mbps 1,010 ft (308 m) -96 dBm

2 Mbps 951 ft (290 m) -85 dBm

5.5 Mbps 919 ft (280 m) -90 dBm

11 Mbps 902 ft (275 m) -87 dBm

1. Adjusts dynamically when associating with an AP if the AP client setting is enabled.

2. Advertised rates by the APs are used. If the Restricted Data Rates functionality is enabled in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration phone configuration, then the Traffic Stream Rate Set IE (CCX V4) is used.

For more information about supported data rates, tx power and rx sensitivity for WLANs, see Cisco

Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide.

Table 6-2 Tx Power, Data Rates, Ranges, and Decibels by Standard (continued)

Standard Maximum Tx Power1Data Rate2Range Receiver Sensitivity

Table 6-3 Data Rates, Number of Channels, and Modulation Technologies by IEEE Standard

Item 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a

Data Rates 1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbps 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48,

54 Mbps 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48,

54 Mbps

Non-overlapping

Channels 3 (Japan uses 4) 3 Up to 23

Wireless

Modulation DSSS OFDM OFDM

6-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Bluetooth Wireless Technology

AP, Channel, and Domain Relationships

APs transmit and receive RF signals over channels within the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band. To

provide a stable wireless environment and reduce channel interference, you must specify

non-overlapping channels for each AP. The recommended channels for 802.11b and 802.11g in North

America are 1, 6, and 11.

Note In a non controller-based wireless network, it is recommended that you statically configure channels for

each AP. If your wireless network uses a controller, use the Auto-RF feature with minimal voice

disruption.

For more information about APs, see the “VoIP WLAN Configuration” section on page 6-15.

For more information about AP, channel and domain relationships, see Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971

Wireless LAN Deployment Guide.

WLANs and Roaming

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 supports Cisco Centralized Key Management (CCKM), a centralized

key management protocol, and provides a cache of session credentials on the wireless domain server

(WDS). APs must register to the WDS for fast roaming to work. CCKM is also supported on the Cisco

Unified Wireless LAN Controller alone.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 supports CCKM with 802.1x+WEP or WPA(TKIP) only. CCKM is

not supported with WPA2 or WPA(AES). For details about CCKM, refer to the “Cisco Fast Secure

Roaming Application Note” at:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/wireless/ps4570/prod_technical_reference09186a00801c522

3.html

Related Topics

• Voice QoS in a Wireless Network, page 6-9

• VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15

Bluetooth Wireless Technology

Bluetooth enables low bandwidth wireless connections within a range of 30 feet (10 meters). The best

performance is in the 3-to 6-foot (1- to 2-meter) range. Bluetooth wireless technology operates in the 2.4

GHz band which is the same as the 802.11b/g band. There can be a potential interference issues. It is

recommended that you:

• Use 802.11a that operates in the 5 GHz band.

• Reduce the proximity of other 802.11b/g devices, Bluetooth devices, microwave ovens, and large

metal objects.

For more information about using Bluetooth headsets with your Cisco Unified IP Phone, see the “Using

Bluetooth Wireless Headsets” section on page 3-8.

6-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Components of the VoIP Wireless Network

The Cisco Unified IP Phone must interact with several network components in the WLAN to

successfully place and receive calls. The following topics describe network components:

• Interacting with Cisco Unified Wireless APs, page 6-8

• Associating to APs, page 6-8

• Voice QoS in a Wireless Network, page 6-9

• Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 6-11

Interacting with Cisco Unified Wireless APs

Cisco Unified IP Phones use the same APs as wireless data devices. However, voice traffic over a WLAN

requires different equipment configurations and layouts than a WLAN that is used exclusively for data

traffic. Data transmission can tolerate a higher level of RF noise, packet loss, and channel contention

than voice transmission. Packet loss during voice transmission can cause choppy or broken audio and

make the phone call inaudible. Packet errors can also cause blocky or frozen video.

Because the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 are desktop and not mobile phones, changes in the local

environment can cause phones to roam between access points and can affect the voice and video

performance. In contrast, data users remain in one place or occasionally move to another location. The

ability to roam while maintaining a call is one of the advantages of wireless voice, so RF coverage needs

to include stairwells, elevators, quiet corners outside conference rooms, and passage ways.

To ensure good voice quality and optimal RF signal coverage, you must perform a site survey. The site

survey determines settings suitable to wireless voice and assists in the design and layout of the WLAN;

for example AP placement, power levels, and channel assignments.

After deploying and using wireless voice, you should continue to perform post installation site surveys.

When you add a group of new users, install more equipment, or stack large amounts of inventory, you

are changing the wireless environment. A post installation survey verifies that the AP coverage is still

adequate for optimal voice communications.

Note There are packet loss during roaming; however, the security mode and the presence of fast roaming

depicts how much packet is lost during transmission.

For more information on Voice QoS in a wireless network, see Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless

LAN Deployment Guide.

Associating to APs

At startup, the Cisco Unified IP Phone scans for APs with SSIDs and encryption types that it recognizes.

The phone builds and maintains a list of eligible APs and uses the following variables to determine the

best AP.

• Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI)—Signal strength of available APs within the RF

coverage area. The phone attempts to associate with the AP with the highest RSSI value.

6-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Components of the VoIP Wireless Network

• Traffic Specification (TSpec)—Calculation of call limits and WLAN load balancing. The TSpec

value of each voice stream allows the system to allocate bandwidth to voice devices on a first-come,

first-served basis. For more information, see “Voice QoS in a Wireless Network” section on

page 6-9.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone associates with the AP with the highest RSSI and lowest channel usage

values (QBSS) that have matching SSID and encryption types. To ensure that voice traffic is handled

properly, you must configure the correct QoS in the AP.

Related Topics

• Security for Voice Communications in WLANs, page 6-11

• VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15

Voice QoS in a Wireless Network

Voice traffic on the Wireless LAN, like data traffic, is susceptible to delay, jitter, and packet loss. These

issues do not impact the data end user, but have serious implications for a voice call. To ensure that voice

traffic receives timely and reliable treatment with low delay and low jitter, you must use Quality of

Service (QoS), and use separate virtual LANs (VLANs) for voice and data. By isolating the voice traffic

onto a separate VLAN, you can use QoS to provide priority treatment for voice packets when traveling

across the network. Also, use a separate VLAN for data traffic, not the default native VLAN which is

typically used for all network devices.

You need the following VLANs on the network switches and the APs that support voice connections on

the WLAN:

• Voice VLAN—Voice traffic to and from the wireless IP phone

• Native VLAN—Data traffic to and from other wireless devices

Assign separate SSIDs to the voice and to the data VLANs. If you configure a separate management

VLAN in the WLAN, do not associate an SSID with the management VLAN.

By separating the phones into a voice VLAN and marking voice packets with higher QoS, you can ensure

that voice traffic gets priority treatment over data traffic resulting in lower packet delay and fewer lost

packets.

Unlike wired networks with dedicated bandwidths, wireless LANs consider traffic direction when

implementing QoS. Traffic is classified as upstream or downstream from the point of view of the AP as

shown in Figure 6-2.

Figure 6-2 Voice Traffic in a Wireless Network

206564

Downstream

Upstream

Downstream

Upstream

Network

Downstream QoS only

Bi-Directional QoS

6-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Components of the VoIP Wireless Network

Beginning with Cisco IOS release 12.2(11)JA, Cisco Aironet APs support the contention-based channel

access mechanism called Enhanced Distributed Coordination Function (EDCF). The EDCF-type of QoS

has up to eight queues for downstream (toward the 802.11b/g clients) QoS. You can allocate the queues

based on these options:

• QoS or Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) settings for the packets

• Layer 2 or Layer 3 access lists

• VLANs for specific traffic

• Dynamic registration of devices

Although you can have up to eight queues on the AP, you should use only two queues for voice traffic

to ensure the best possible voice QoS. Place voice (RTP) and signaling (SCCP) traffic in the highest

priority queue, and place data traffic in a best-effort queue.Although 802.11b/g EDCF does not

guarantee that voice traffic is protected from data traffic, you should get the best statistical results by

using this queuing model.

Note The Cisco Unified IP Phone marks the SCCP signaling packets with a DSCP value of 24 (CS3)

and RTP packets with DSCP value of 46 (EF).

To improve reliability of voice transmissions in a nondeterministic environment, the Cisco Unified IP

Phone supports the IEEE 802.11e industry standard and is Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) capable. WMM

enables differentiated services for voice, video, best effort data and other traffic. However, in order for

these differentiated services to provide sufficient QoS for voice packets, only a certain amount of voice

bandwidth can be serviced or admitted on a channel at one time. If the network can handle “N” voice

calls with reserved bandwidth, when the amount of voice traffic is increased beyond this limit (to N+1

calls), the quality of all calls suffers.

To help address the problems of VoIP stability and roaming, an initial Call Admission Control (CAC)

scheme is required. With CAC, QoS is maintained in a network overload scenario by ensuring that the

number of active voice calls does not exceed the configured limits on the AP. The Cisco Unified IP

Phone can integrate layer 2 TSpec admission control with layer 3 Cisco Unified Communications

Manager admission control (RSVP). During times of network congestion, calling or called parties

receive a fast busy indication. The system maintains a small bandwidth reserve so wireless phone clients

can roam into a neighboring AP (AP), even when the AP is at “full capacity.” After reaching the voice

bandwidth limit, the next call is load-balanced to a neighboring AP without affecting the quality of the

existing calls on the channel.

Implementing QoS in the connected Ethernet switch is highly desirable to maintain good voice quality.

The COS and DSCP values that the Cisco Unified IP Phone sets do not need to be modified.

The DSCP, COS and UP (WMM) markings correctly for the optimum transmission of video frames.

Note The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 does not support Video CAC; however, Voice CAC is supported for

WLANs.

Related Topics

• Authentication Methods, page 6-11

• Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 6-11

• VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15

6-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Security for Voice Communications in WLANs

Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Cisco Unified Communications Manager is the call control component in the network that handles and

routes calls for the wireless IP phones. Cisco Unified Communications Manager manages the

components of the IP telephony system—the phones, access gateways, and the resources—for such

features as call conferencing and route planning. When deploying a Cisco Unified IP Phone on a wireless

LAN, you must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Release 7.1(3) or later and the SIP

protocol.

Before Cisco Unified Communications Manager can recognize a phone, the phone must register with

Cisco Unified Communications Manager and be configured in the database. For information about

setting up phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, see the “Configuring Cisco Unified IP

Phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager” section on page 1-24.

You can find more information about configuring Cisco Unified Communications Manager to work with

the IP phones and IP devices in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide and

Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide.

Related Topics

Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 1-24

Security for Voice Communications in WLANs

Because all WLAN devices that are within range can receive all other WLAN traffic, securing voice

communications is critical in WLANs. To ensure that voice traffic is not manipulated or intercepted by

intruders, the Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Aironet APs are supported in the Cisco SAFE Security

architecture. For more information about security in networks, refer to

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns744/networking_solutions_program_home.html.

This section contains the following items:

• Authentication Methods, page 6-11

• Authenticated Key Management, page 6-12

• Encryption Methods, page 6-13

• Choosing AP Authentication and Encryption Methods, page 6-13

Authentication Methods

The Cisco Wireless IP telephony solution provides wireless network security that prevents unauthorized

logins and compromised communications by using the following authentication methods supported by

the wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971:

• Open Authentication—Any wireless device can request authentication in an open system. The AP

that receives the request may grant authentication to any requestor or only to requestors on a list of

users. Communication between the wireless device and AP could be non-encrypted or devices can

use Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) keys to provide security. Devices that are using WEP only

attempt to authenticate with an AP that is using WEP.

6-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Security for Voice Communications in WLANs

• Shared Key Authentication—The AP sends an unencrypted challenge text string to any device

attempting to communicate with the AP. The device that is requesting authentication uses a

pre-configured WEP key to encrypt the challenge text and sends it back to the AP. If the challenge

text is encrypted correctly, the AP allows the requesting device to authenticate. A device can

authenticate only if its WEP key matches the WEP key on the APs.

Shared key authentication can be less secure than open authentication with WEP because someone

can monitor the challenges. An intruder can calculate the WEP key by comparing the unencrypted

and encrypted challenge text strings.

• Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunneling (EAP-FAST)

Authentication—This client server security architecture encrypts EAP transactions within a

Transport Level Security (TLS) tunnel between the AP and the RADIUS server such as the Cisco

Access Control Server (ACS).

The TLS tunnel uses Protected Access Credentials (PACs) for authentication between the client

(phone) and the RADIUS server. The server sends an Authority ID (AID) to the client (phone),

which in turn selects the appropriate PAC. The client (phone) returns a PAC-Opaque to the RADIUS

server. The server decrypts the PAC with its master-key. Both endpoints now have the PAC key and

a TLS tunnel is created. EAP-FAST supports automatic PAC provisioning, but you must enable it

on the RADIUS server.

Note In the Cisco ACS, by default, the PAC expires in one week. If the phone has an expired PAC,

authentication with the RADIUS server takes longer while the phone gets a new PAC. To avoid

the PAC provisioning delays, set the PAC expiration period to 90 days or longer on the ACS or

RADIUS server.

• Light Extensible Authentication Protocol (LEAP)—Cisco proprietary password-based mutual

authentication scheme between the client (phone) and a RADIUS server. Cisco Unified IP Phone

can use LEAP for authentication with the wireless network.

• Auto (AKM)—Selects the 802.11 Authentication mechanism automatically from the configuration

information exhibited by the AP. WPA-PSK or WPA.

Authenticated Key Management

The following authentication schemes use the RADIUS server to manage authentication keys:

• WPA/WPA2—Uses information on a RADIUS server to generate unique keys for authentication.

Because these keys are generated at the centralized RADIUS server, WPA/WPA2 provides more

security than WPA pre-shared keys that are stored on the AP and phone.

• Cisco Centralized Key Management (CCKM)—Uses information on a RADIUS server and a

wireless domain server (WDS) to manage and authenticate keys. The WDS creates a cache of

security credentials for CCKM-enabled client devices for fast and secure reauthentication.

With WPA/WPA2 and CCKM, encryption keys are not entered on the phone, but are automatically

derived between the AP and phone. But the EAP username and password that are used for authentication

must be entered on each phone.

Note CCKM is only supported with WPA(TKIP) and 802.1x(WEP).

6-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Security for Voice Communications in WLANs

Encryption Methods

To ensure that voice traffic is secure, the Cisco Unified IP Phone supports WEP, TKIP, and Advanced

Encryption Standards (AES) for encryption. When using these mechanisms for encryption, both the

signaling Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) packets and voice Real-Time Transport Protocol

(RTP) packets are encrypted between the AP and the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

• WEP—When using WEP in the wireless network, authentication happens at the AP by using open

or shared-key authentication. The WEP key that is setup on the phone must match the WEP key that

is configured at the AP for successful connections. The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports WEP keys

that use 40-bit encryption or a 128-bit encryption and remain static on the phone and AP.

EAP and CCKM authentication can use WEP keys for encryption. The RADIUS server manages the

WEP key and passes a unique key to the AP after authentication for encrypting all voice packets;

consequently, these WEP keys can change with each authentication.

• TKIP—WPA and CCKM use TKIP encryption that has several improvements over WEP. TKIP

provides per-packet key ciphering and longer initialization vectors (IVs) that strengthen encryption.

In addition, a message integrity check (MIC) ensures that encrypted packets are not being altered.

TKIP removes the predictability of WEP that helps intruders decipher the WEP key.

• AES—An encryption method used for WPA2 authentication. This national standard for encryption

uses a symmetrical algorithm that has the same key for encryption and decryption. AES uses Cipher

Blocking Chain (CBC) encryption of 128 bits in size, supporting key sizes of 128, 192 and 256 bits,

as a minimum. The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports a key size of 256 bits.

Note The Cisco Unified IP Phone does not support Cisco Key Integrity Protocol (CKIP) with CMIC.

Choosing AP Authentication and Encryption Methods

Authentication and encryption schemes are setup within the wireless LAN. VLANs are configured in the

network and on the APs and specify different combinations of authentication and encryption. An SSID

is associated with a VLAN and its particular authentication and encryption scheme. In order for wireless

client devices to authenticate successfully, you must configure the same SSIDs with their authentication

and encryption schemes on the APs and on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Some authentication schemes require specific types of encryption. With Open authentication, you have

the option to use static WEP for encryption for added security. But if you are using Shared Key

authentication, you must set static WEP for encryption, and you must configure a WEP key on the phone.

When using Authenticated Key Management (AKM) for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, several choices for

both authentication and encryption can be set up on the APs with different SSIDs. When the phone

attempts to authenticate, it chooses the AP that advertises the authentication and encryption scheme that

the phone can support. Auto (AKM) mode can authenticate by using WPA, WPA2, WPA Pre-shared key,

or CCKM.

Note • When using WPA Pre-shared key or WPA2 Pre-shared key, the pre-shared key must be statically set

on the phone. These keys must match the keys configured on the AP.

• When using Auto (AKM), encryption options are automatically configured for WPA, WPA2, WPA

Pre-shared key, WPA2 Pre-shared key, or CCKM.

• In AKM mode, the phone will authenticate with LEAP if it is configured with WPA, WPA2, or

CCKM key management, or if 802.1x is used.

6-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Security for Voice Communications in WLANs

• The Cisco Unified IP Phone does not support auto EAP negotiation; to use EAP-FAST mode, you

must specify it.

Table 6-4 provides a list of authentication and encryption schemes that are configured on the Cisco

Aironet APs that the Cisco Unified IP Phone supports. The table shows the network configuration option

for the phone that corresponds to the AP configuration.

For additional information about Cisco WLAN Security, refer to

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/wireless/ps430/prod_brochure09186a00801f7d0b.html

For more information about configuring authentication and encryption schemes on APs, refer to the

Cisco Aironet Configuration Guide for your model and release under the following URL:

http://www.cisco.com/cisco/web/psa/configure.html?mode=prod&level0=278875243

Related Topics

• Interacting with Cisco Unified Wireless APs, page 6-8

• Authentication Methods, page 6-11

• Encryption Methods, page 6-13

• Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 6-11

• Components of the VoIP Wireless Network, page 6-8

Table 6-4 Authentication and Encryption Schemes

Cisco AP Configuration

Cisco Unified IP Phone

Configuration

Authentication

Key

Management

Common

Encryption Authentication

Open None Open

Open (Static WEP) WEP Open+WEP

Shared key (Static WEP) WEP Shared+WEP

LEAP

802.1x

Optional CCKM WEP LEAP or Auto (AKM)

LEAP

WPA

WPA with

Optional CCKM TKIP LEAP or Auto (AKM)

LEAP

WPA2 WPA2 AES LEAP or Auto (AKM)

EAP-FAST

802.1x

Optional CCKM WEP EAP-FAST

EAP-FAST with WPA WPA

Optional CCKM TKIP EAP-FAST

EAP-FAST with WPA2 WPA2 AES EAP-FAST

WPA-PSK WPA-PSK TKIP Auto (AKM)

WPA2-PSK WAP2-PSK AES Auto (AKM)

6-15

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

VoIP WLAN Configuration

• VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15

VoIP WLAN Configuration

This section provides configuration guidelines for deploying Cisco Unified IP Phones in the WLAN and

includes these topics:

• Supported Access Points, page 6-15

• Supported APs and Modes, page 6-15

• Supported Antennas, page 6-16

Supported Access Points

The wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 is supported on both the Cisco autonomous and unified

solutions. Minimum and recommended versions are:

• Cisco IOS Access Points (Autonomous)

–

Minimum = 12.3(8)JEA2 or later

–

Recommended = 12.4(10b)JA3 or later (does not apply to Cisco Aironet Series 1100, 1140,

1200, or 1230)

• Cisco Unified Wireless LAN Controller

–

Minimum = 5.1.163.0 or later

–

Recommended = 5.2.193.0 or later

Supported APs and Modes

Table 6-5 lists the modes that are supported by each Cisco Access Point.

Table 6-5 Supported APs and Modes

AP Models 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a

Autonomous

Mode

Unified

Mode

Cisco Aironet 500 Series Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1100 Series Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1130 AG Series Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1140 Series Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1200 Series Yes Yes Optional Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1230 AG Series Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1240 AG Series Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1250 Series Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cisco Aironet 1300 Series Yes Yes No Yes Yes

6-16

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Configuring Wireless LAN

Note Voice over the Wireless LAN (VoWLAN) via Outdoor MESH technology (Cisco 1500 series) is not

supported in the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.

Third-party access points are not supported since there is no interoperability testing with these access

points. However, if the access point supports the key features and follows the standards, the Cisco

Unified Wireless IP Phone will be compliant.

Wi-Fi compliant APs that are manufactured by third-party vendors will support the Cisco Unified

Wireless IP Phone 9971, but might not support key features such as Wi-Fi MultiMedia (WMM),

Unscheduled Auto Power Save Delivery (U-APSD), Traffic Specification (TSPEC), QoS Basic Service

Set (QBSS), Dynamic Transmit Power Control (DTPC), or proxy ARP.

Supported Antennas

Some Cisco Access Points require or allow external antennas. Refer to the following URL for the list of

supported antennas and how these external antennas should be mounted.

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/wireless/ps7183/ps469/product_data_sheet09186a008008

883b.html

Note The Cisco Aironet Series 1130 and 1140 access points must be mounted on the ceiling because they have

omni-directional antennas.

Configuring Wireless LAN

Ensure that the Wi-Fi coverage in the location where the wireless is deployed, is suitable for transmitting

video and voice packets.

If the Wi-Fi connectivity for voice and video has been enabled for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971, you

have to authenticate the Wi-Fi network using the WLAN Sign in application within your applications

menu.

To enable, to go to Applications > Administrator Settings > Network Setup > WLAN Setup >

WLAN Sign in Access and enable WLAN network.

To change the username/password must go to Applications > Administrator Settings.

For complete configuration information, see the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment

Guide.

The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide includes the following configuration

information:

• Configuring the wireless network

• Configuring the wireless LAN in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration

• Configuring the wireless LAN on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971

6-17

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Configuring Wireless LAN

Summary of Configuring the Wireless LAN in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration

In Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, you must enable a parameter called “Wi-Fi”

for the wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971. This can be done in one of the following locations in Cisco

Unified Communications Manager administration:

• To enable wireless LAN on a specific phone, select the enable setting for the Wi-Fi parameter in the

Product Specific Configuration Layout section (Device > Phone) for the specific phone, and check

the Override Common Settings check box.

• To enable wireless LAN for a group of phones, select the enable setting for the Wi-Fi parameter on

a Common Phone Profile Configuration window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone

Profile), check the Override Common Settings check box, then associate the phone (Device >

Phone page) with that common phone profile.

• To enable wireless LAN for all WLAN-capable phones in your network, select the enable setting for

the Wi-Fi parameter on the Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone

Configuration), and check the Override Common Settings check box.

Note On the Phone Configuration window in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration (Device

> Phone), when you configure the MAC address, use the wired-line MAC address. The wireless MAC

address is not used for Cisco Unified Communications Manager registration.

Summary of Configuring the Wireless LAN on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Before the phone can connect to the WLAN, you must configure the network profile for the phone with

the appropriate WLAN settings. You can use the Network Setup menu on the phone to access the WLAN

Setup submenu and set up the WLAN configuration. For instructions, see “WLAN Setup Menu” section

on page 7-7.

6-18

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 6 Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network

Configuring Wireless LAN

CHAPTER

7-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified

IP Phone

The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes many configurable network settings that you may need to modify

before the phone is functional for your users. You can access these settings, and change some of them,

through menus on the phone. Settings that are display-only on the phone are configured in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration.

This chapter includes the following topics:

• Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 7-1

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4

• WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7

• IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10

• Security Setup Menu, page 7-13

Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes the following configuration menus:

• Network Setup—Provides options for viewing and configuring a variety of network settings. For

more information, see the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4.

–

Ethernet Setup—A submenu of the Network Setup menu, the Ethernet Setup menu items

provide configuration options to configure the Cisco Unified IP Phone over an ethernet

network. For more information, see the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4.

–

WLAN Setup—A submenu of the Network Setup menu, the WLAN Setup menu items provide

configuration options to configure the Cisco Unified IP Phone with the wireless local area

network (WLAN). For more information, see the “WLAN Setup Menu” section on page 7-7.

–

IPv4 Setup—A submenu of the Ethernet Setup menu and of the WLAN Setup menu, the IPv4

menu items provide additional network options for viewing and setting. For more information,

see the “IPv4 Setup Menu Options” section on page 7-10.

• Security Setup—Provides options for viewing and configuring a variety of security settings. For

more information, see the “Security Setup Menu” section on page 7-13.

Before you can change option settings on the Network Setup menu, you must unlock options for editing.

See the “Unlocking and Locking Options” section on page 7-3 for instructions.

7-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

For information about the keys you can use to edit or change option settings, see the “Editing Values”

section on page 7-3.

You can control whether a phone user has access to phone settings by using the Settings Access field in

the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Phone Configuration window (in the

Product Specific Information portion of the window).

Related Topics

• Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2

• Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3

• Editing Values, page 7-3

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4

• WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7

• IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10

• Security Setup Menu, page 7-13

Displaying a Setup Menu

To display a configuration menu, perform the following steps.

Procedure

Step 1 Press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Administrator Settings.

Step 3 Select Network Setup or Security Setup.

Note For information about the Status menu, see Chapter 10, “Viewing Model Information, Status,

and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.” For information about the Reset Settings menu,

see Chapter 12, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance.”

Step 4 Enter your user ID and password, if required, then click Sign-In.

Step 5 Perform one of these actions to display the desired menu:

• Use the navigation arrows to select the desired menu and then press the Select button.

• Use the keypad on the phone to enter the number that corresponds to the menu.

Step 6 To display a submenu repeat Step 5.

Step 7 To exit a menu, press the Exit softkey or the back arrow softkey .

Related Topics

• Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3

• Editing Values, page 7-3

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4

• WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7

7-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

• IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10

• Security Setup Menu, page 7-13

Unlocking and Locking Options

You can apply a password to the phone so that no changes can be made to the administrative options on

the phone without the password being entered on the Administrator Settings phone screen.

To apply a password to the phone, in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, navigate

to the Common Phone Profile Configuration window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone

Profile). Enter a password in the Local Phone Unlock Password option. Apply the password to the

common phone profile that the phone uses.

Related Topics

• Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2

• Editing Values, page 7-3

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4

• WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7

• IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10

Editing Values

When you edit the value of an option setting, follow these guidelines:

• Use the arrows on the navigation pad to highlight the field you wish to edit, then press the Select

button of the navigation pad to activate that field. (You can also double-tap on an editable field to

activate it for editing.) Once the field is activated, you can enter values.

• Use the keys on the keypad to enter numbers and letters.

• To enter letters by using the keypad, use a corresponding number key. Press the key one or more

times to display a particular letter. For example, press the 2 key once for “a,” twice quickly for “b,”

and three times quickly for “c.” After you pause, the cursor automatically advances to allow you to

enter the next letter.

• Press the arrow softkey if you make a mistake. This softkey deletes the character to the left of

the cursor.

• Press the Cancel softkey before pressing the Save softkey to discard any changes that you have

made.

• To enter an IP address, you enter values into four segments already divided for you. When you are

done entering the leftmost digits before the first period, use the right arrow key to move to the next

segment. The period that follows the leftmost digits is automatically inserted.

Note The Cisco Unified IP Phone provides several methods you can use to reset or restore option settings, if

necessary. For more information, see the “Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 12-15.

Related Topics

• Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2

7-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Ethernet Setup Menu

• Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3

• Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4

• WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7

• IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10

Ethernet Setup Menu

The Ethernet Setup menu provides options for viewing and making a variety of network settings.

Table 7-1 describes these options and, where applicable, explains how to change them.

For information about how to access the Ethernet Setup menu, see the “Displaying a Setup Menu”

section on page 7-2.

For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 7-3.

Note The Ethernet data fields are overwritten when a VPN connection is established.

Ta b l e 7- 1 E t h e rn e t S e tu p Menu Options

Option Description To Change

IPv4 Setup In the IPv4 Setup configuration submenu, you can do the

following:

• Enable or disable the phone to use the IP address that

is assign by the DHCP server.

• Manually set the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default

Routers, DNS Server, and Alternate TFTP servers.

For more information on the IPv4 address fields, refer to

Table 7-3.

Scroll to IPv4 Setup and press the

Select button.

MAC Address Unique Media Access Control (MAC) address of the

phone. Display only—Cannot configure.

Domain Name Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in

which the phone resides.

1. Set the DHCP Enabled option to

No.

2. Scroll to the Domain Name

option, press the Select key, and

then enter a new domain name.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

7-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Ethernet Setup Menu

Operational VLAN ID Auxiliary Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN)

configured on a Cisco Catalyst switch in which the phone

is a member.

If the phone has not received an auxiliary VLAN, this

option indicates the Administrative VLAN.

If neither the auxiliary VLAN nor the Administrative

VLAN are configured, this option is blank.

Display only—Cannot configure.

The phone obtains its Operational

VLAN ID via Cisco Discovery

Protocol (CDP) or Link Level

Discovery Protocol Media Endpoint

Discovery (LLDP-MED). This

information comes from the switch

to which the phone is attached. To

assign a VLAN ID manually, use the

Admin VLAN ID option.

Admin. VLAN ID Auxiliary VLAN in which the phone is a member.

Used only if the phone does not receive an auxiliary

VLAN from the switch; otherwise it is ignored.

1. Scroll to the Admin. VLAN ID

option, press the Select softkey,

and then enter a new Admin

VLAN setting.

2. Press the Apply softkey.

PC VLAN Allows the phone to interoperate with 3rd party switches

that do not support a voice VLAN. The Admin VLAN ID

option must be set before you can change this option.

1. Make sure the Admin VLAN ID

option is set.

2. Scroll to the PC VLAN option,

press the Select softkey, and

then enter a new PC VLAN

setting.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

Ta b l e 7- 1 E t h e rn e t S e tu p Menu Options (continued)

Option Description To Change

7-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Ethernet Setup Menu

Related Topics

• Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2

• Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3

• WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7

• IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10

SW Port Setup Speed and duplex of the Network port. Valid values:

• Auto Negotiate

• 1000 Full—1000-BaseT/full duplex

• 100 Half—100-BaseT/half duplex

• 100 Full—100-BaseT/full duplex

• 10 Half—10-BaseT/half duplex

• 10 Full—10-BaseT/full duplex

If the phone is connected to a switch, configure the port

on the switch to the same speed/duplex as the phone, or

configure both to auto-negotiate.

If you change the setting of this option, you must change

the PC Port Configuration option to the same setting.

1. Unlock network configuration

options.

2. Scroll to the SW Port

Configuration option and then

press the Select softkey.

3. Scroll to the setting that you

want and then press the Select

key.

PC Port Setup Speed and duplex of the Computer (access) port. Valid

values:

• Auto Negotiate

• 1000 Full—1000-BaseT/full duplex

• 100 Half—100-BaseT/half duplex

• 100 Full—100-BaseT/full duplex

• 10 Half—10-BaseT/half duplex

• 10 Full—10-BaseT/full duplex

If the phone is connected to a switch, configure the port

on the switch to the same speed/duplex as the phone, or

configure both to auto-negotiate.

If you change the setting of this option, you must change

the SW Port Configuration option to the same setting.

1. Unlock network configuration

options.

2. Scroll to the PC Port

Configuration option and then

press the Select softkey.

3. Scroll to the setting that you

want and then press the Select

key.

To configure the setting on multiple

phones simultaneously, enable the

Remote Port Configuration in the

Enterprise Phone Configuration

(System > Enterprise Phone

Configuration).

Note If the ports are configured for

Remote Port Configuration

in Unified CM, the data

cannot be changed on the

phone.

Ta b l e 7- 1 E t h e rn e t S e tu p Menu Options (continued)

Option Description To Change

7-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

WLAN Setup Menu

The WLAN Setup menu provides options for viewing and making a variety of network settings.

Table 7-2 describes these options and, where applicable, explains how to change them.

Note You can configure the WLAN settings only on the Cisco Unified IP Phone keypad. You must use the ac

adapter when using the Cisco Unified IP Phone in WLAN mode. WLAN is disabled when Ethernet is

connected.

For information about how to access the WLAN Setup menu, see the “Displaying a Setup Menu” section

on page 7-2.

For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 7-3.

Ta b l e 7- 2 W L A N S e t u p Menu Options

Option Description To Change

Wireless Used to turn the wireless radio on Cisco Unified IP Phone

on or off. Valid values:

• On—Turns the wireless radio on the phone on.

• Off—Turns the wireless radio on the phone off.

Default: On

1. Scroll to the Wireless option,

and use the toggle switch to

change the setting between on

and off.

2. Press the Apply softkey.

WLAN Sign in Access Enables the display of the WLAN Sign in Access window

in the main Applications menu:

• On—The WLAN Sign In Access window displays.

Turning this value on allows you to sign in or change

your WLAN user ID and password on the main

Applications menu. Otherwise, to change your login

information, you would have to navigate down to the

Security menu level and select either the LEAP or

EAP-FAST methods, both of which require login

credentials.

• Off—The WLAN Sign In Access window does not

display.

Default: Off

1. Scroll to the Wireless Sign In

option, and use the toggle switch

to change the setting between on

and off.

2. Press the Apply softkey.

IPv4 Setup In the IPv4 Setup configuration submenu, you can do the

following:

• Enable or disable the phone to use the IP address that

is assign by the DHCP server.

• Manually set the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default

Routers, DNS Server, and Alternate TFTP servers.

For more information on the IPv4 address fields, refer to

Table 7-3.

Scroll to IPv4 Setup and press the

Select button.

MAC Address Unique Media Access Control (MAC) address of the

phone. Display only—Cannot configure.

7-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

WLAN Setup Menu

Domain Name Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in

which the phone resides.

1. Set the DHCP Enabled option to

No.

2. Scroll to the Domain Name

option, press the Select key, and

then enter a new domain name.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

SSID Specifies the Service Set Identifier, a unique identifier for

accessing wireless access points.

1. Scroll to the SSID option, press

the Select softkey, and then enter

a SSID.

2. Press the Apply softkey.

Ta b l e 7- 2 W L A N S e t u p Menu Options (continued)

Option Description To Change

7-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

WLAN Setup Menu

Security Mode The type of authentication that the phone uses to access

the WLAN. Valid values:

• Open—Access to all access points (APs) without

encryption.

• Open with WEP—Open 802.11 authentication but

uses Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) for encrypting

the data. Specifies access to all APs and

authentication through WEP keys at the local AP.

• Shared Key—Shared key authentication using WEP.

• LEAP—Lightweight Extensible Authentication

Protocol authentication exchanges a username and

cryptographically secure password with a RADIUS

server in the network (Cisco proprietary version of

EAP). LEAP supports WPA and WPA2.

• EAP-FAST—Extensible Authentication Protocol

Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunneling

exchanges a username and cryptographically secure

password with a RADIUS server in the network

where a PAC (Protected Access Credential) is used to

established a secure tunnel for authentication.

EAP-FAST supports WPA and WPA2.

• AKM—Selects the 802.11 authentication mechanism

automatically from the configuration information

exhibited by the access point. WPA-PSK or WPA

versions 1 or 2 can be used when configured for this

mode.

Note Consider the following when you select AKM: 1)

AKM uses LEAP for 802.1x when using WPA,

WPA2 or CCKM, 2) AKM selects the encryption

method by giving precedence to the strongest key

management type and then the strongest cipher,

and 3) CCKM is not supported with WPA2.

1. Scroll to the Security Mode

option, then highlight the

desired value.

2. Click Apply.

802.11 Mode Specifies the wireless signal standard that is used in the

WLAN. Valid values:

• Auto—Default value. Gives precedence to 5.0 Ghz if

available.

• 802.11a

• 802.11b/g

1. Scroll to the 802.11 Mode

option, then highlight the

desired value.

2. Click Apply.

Ta b l e 7- 2 W L A N S e t u p Menu Options (continued)

Option Description To Change

7-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

IPv4 Setup Menu Options

The IPv4 Setup menu is a submenu of the Ethernet Setup menu and of the WLAN Setup menu. To reach

the IPv4 menu, select the IPv4 option on the Ethernet Setup menu or on the WLAN Setup menu.

Table 7-3 describes the IPv4 Setup menu options.

For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 7-3.

Table 7-3 IPv4 Setup Menu Options

Option Description To Change

DHCP Enabled Indicates whether the phone has DHCP enabled or

disabled.

When DHCP is enabled, the DHCP server assigns the

phone an IPaddress. When DHCP is disabled, the

administrator must manually assign an IP address to the

phone.

Scroll to the DHCP Enabled option

and press the No softkey to disable

DHCP, or press the Yes softkey to

enable DHCP.

IP Address Internet Protocol (IP) address of the phone.

If you assign an IP address with this option, you must also

assign a subnet mask and default router. See the Subnet

Mask and Default Router options in this table.

1. Set the DHCP Enabled option to

No.

2. Scroll to the IP Address option,

press the Select softkey, and then

enter a new IP Address.

3. Press the Apply softkey

Subnet Mask Subnet mask used by the phone. 1. Set the DHCP Enabled option to

No.

2. Scroll to the Subnet Mask

option, press the Select softkey,

and then enter a new subnet

mask.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

Default Router Default router used by the phone. 1. Set the DHCP Enabled option to

No.

2. Scroll to the appropriate Default

Router option, press the Select

softkey, and then enter a new

router IP address.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

DNS Server 1

DNS Server 2

DNS Server 3

Primary Domain Name System (DNS) server (DNS Server

1) and optional backup DNS servers (DNS Server 2–3)

used by the phone.

1. Set the DHCP Enabled option to

No.

2. Scroll to the appropriate DNS

Server option, press the Select

softkey, and then enter a new

DNS server IP address.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 as needed

to assign backup DNS servers.

7-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

IPv4 Setup Menu Options

Alternate TFTP Indicates whether the phone is using an alternative TFTP

server. Scroll to the Alternate TFTP option

and press the Yes softkey if the phone

should use an alternative TFTP

server; press the No softkey if the

phone should not use an alternative

TFTP server.

TFTP Server 1 Primary Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used

by the phone. If you are not using DHCP in your network

and you want to change this server, you must use the TFTP

Server 1 option.

If you set the Alternate TFTP option to yes, you must enter

a non-zero value for the TFTP Server 1 option.

If neither the primary TFTP server nor the backup TFTP

server is listed in the CTL or ITL file on the phone, you

must unlock the file before you can save changes to the

TFTP Server 1 option. In this case, the phone will delete

the file when you save changes to the TFTP Server 1

option. A new CTL or ITL file will be downloaded from

the new TFTP Server 1 address.

When the phone looks for its TFTP server, it gives

precedence to manually assigned TFTP servers, regardless

of the protocol. If your configuration includes both IPv6

and IPv4 TFTP servers, the phone prioritizes the order that

it looks for its TFTP server by giving priority to manually

assigned IPv6 TFTP servers and IPv4 TFTP servers. The

phone looks for its TFTP server in this order:

1. Any manually assigned IPv6 TFTP servers

2. Any manually assigned IPv4 TFTP servers

3. DHCPv6 assigned TFTP servers

4. DHCP assigned TFTP servers

Note For information about the CTL and ITL files, refer

to Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Security Guide.

1. Unlock the CTL or ITL file if

necessary (for example, if you

are changing the administrative

domain of the phone). If the CTL

and ITL files both exist, unlock

either file.

2. If DHCP is enabled, set the

Alternate TFTP option to Yes.

3. Scroll to the TFTP Server 1

option, press the Select softkey,

and then enter a new TFTP

server IP address.

4. Press the Apply softkey then

press Save.

Table 7-3 IPv4 Setup Menu Options (continued)

Option Description To Change

7-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

IPv4 Setup Menu Options

Related Topics

• Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2

• Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3

• Editing Values, page 7-3

TFTP Server 2 Optional backup TFTP server that the phone uses if the

primary TFTP server is unavailable.

If neither the primary TFTP server nor the backup TFTP

server is listed in the CTL or ITL file on the phone, you

must unlock either of the files before you can save changes

to the TFTP Server 2 option. In this case, the phone will

delete either of the files when you save changes to the

TFTP Server 2 option. A new CTL or ITL file will be

downloaded from the new TFTP Server 2 address.

When the phone looks for its TFTP server, it gives prece-

dence to manually assigned TFTP servers, regardless of

the protocol. If your configuration includes both IPv6 and

IPv4 TFTP servers, the phone prioritizes the order that it

looks for its TFTP server by giving priority to manually

assigned IPv6 TFTP servers and IPv4 TFTP servers. The

phone looks for its TFTP server in the following order:

1. Manually assigned IPv6 TFTP servers

2. Manually assigned IPv4 TFTP servers

3. DHCPv6 assigned TFTP servers

4. DHCP assigned TFTP servers

Note For information about the CTL or ITL file, see

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security

Guide.

1. Unlock the CTL or ITL file if

necessary (for example, if you

are changing the administrative

domain of the phone). If both the

CTL and ITL files exist, unlock

either of the files.

2. Unlock network configuration

options.

3. Enter an IP address for the TFTP

Server 1 option.

4. Scroll to the TFTP Server 2

option, press the Select softkey,

and then enter a new backup

TFTP server IP address. If there

is no secondary TFTP Server,

you can use the Delete softkey to

clear the field of a previous

value.

5. Press the Apply softkey and then

press Save.

If you forgot to unlock the CTL or

ITL file, you can change the TFTP

Server 2 address in either file, then

erase them by pressing the Erase

softkey from the Security

Configuration menu. A new CTL or

ITL file will be downloaded from the

new TFTP Server 2 address.

BOOTP Server Indicates whether the phone received its IP address from a

BOOTP server rather than from a DHCP server. Display-only field.

DHCP Address

Released Releases the IP address assigned by DHCP. This field is editable if DHCP is

enabled. If you wish to remove the

phone from the VLAN and release

the IP address for reassignment, set

this option to “Yes” and press the

Apply softkey.

Table 7-3 IPv4 Setup Menu Options (continued)

Option Description To Change

7-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Security Setup Menu

The Security Setup menu that you access directly from the Administrator Settings menu provides

information about various security settings. It also provides access to the Trust List menu and indicates

if the CTL or ITL file is installed on the phone.

For information about how to access the Security Setup menu and its submenus, see the “Displaying a

Setup Menu” section on page 7-2.

Table 7-4 describes the options in the security setup menu.

Table 7-4 Security Menu Settings

Option Description To Change

Security Mode Displays the security mode that is set for the

phone. From Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration, choose Device > Phone >

Phone Configuration. The setting appears in

the Protocol Specific Information portion of the

window.

LSC Indicates whether a locally significant

certificate (used for the security features) is

installed on the phone (Yes) or is not installed

on the phone (No).

For information about how to manage the LSC

for your phone, refer to the “Using the

Certificate Authority Proxy Function” chapter in

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Security Guide.

Trust List The Trust List provides submenus for the

CTL, ITL, and Signed Configuration files.

The CTL File submenu displays the contents

of the CTL file. The ITL File submenu

displays contents of the ITL file.

For more information, see the “Trust List Menu”

section on page 7-14.

802.1X Authentication Allows you to enable 802.1X authentication

for this phone. See the “802.1X Authentication and Transaction

Status” section on page 7-15.

7-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Security Setup Menu

Trust List Menu

The Trust List menu provides a top-level menu containing CTL, ITL, and the Signed Configuration

submenus. The content of the Signed Configuration file is SRST.

The Trust List menu only display components that have certificates associated with them. Table 7-5

describes trust list menu options.

Table 7-5 Trust List Menu Settings

Option Description To Change

CTL Signature MD5 hash of the CTL file. For more information about these settings, refer

to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”

section in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Security Guide.

Unified CM/TFTP Server Common name of a Cisco Unified

Communications Manager and TFTP server

used by the phone. Also displays a certificate

icon if a certificate is installed for this server.

For more information about these settings, refer

to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”

section in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Security Guide.

CAPF Server Common name of the CAPF used by the

phone. Also displays a certificate icon if a

certificate is installed for this server.

For more information about these settings, refer

to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”

section in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Security Guide.

SRST Router IP address of the trusted SRST router that is

available to the phone, if such a device has

been configured in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration.

Also displays a certificate icon if a certificate

is installed for this server.

For more information about these settings, refer

to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”

section in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Security Guide.

7-15

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Security Setup Menu

802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status

The 802.1X Authentication Settings menu allows you to enable 802.1X authentication and view

transaction status. These options are described in Table 7-6.

You can access the 802.1X Authentication settings by pressing the Applications button and

choosing Administrator Settings > Security Setup > 802.1X Authentication. To exit this menu, press

the Exit softkey

Table 7-6 802.1X Authentication Settings

Option Description To Change

Device

Authentication Determines whether 802.1X authentication is enabled:

• Enabled—Phone uses 802.1X authentication to

request network access.

• Disabled—Default setting in which the phone uses

CDP to acquire VLAN and network access.

1. After pressing the Applications button

, choose Administrator Settings

> Security Setup > 802.1X

Authentication > Device

Authentication.

2. Set the Device Authentication option

to Enabled or Disabled.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

EAP-MD5 Specifies a password for use with 802.1X authentication

using the following menu options (described in the

following rows):

• Device ID

• Shared Secret

• Realm

After pressing the Applications button

, choose Administrator Settings >

Security Setup > 802.1X Authentication

> EAP-MD5.

Device ID—Derivative of the phone’s model number

and unique MAC address displayed in this format:

CP-<model>-SEP-<MAC>

Display only—Cannot configure.

Shared Secret—Choose a password to use on the phone

and on the authentication server. The password must be

between 6 and 32 characters, consisting of any

combination of numbers or letters.

Note If you disable 802.1X authentication or perform

a factory reset (reset all settings) of the phone,

the shared secret is deleted.

1. Choose EAP-MD5 > Shared Secret.

2. Enter the shared secret.

3. Press the Apply softkey.

See the “Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP

Phone Security” section on page 12-9 for

assistance in recovering from a deleted

shared secret.

Realm—Indicates the user network domain, always set

as Network. Display only—Cannot configure.

7-16

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Security Setup Menu

VPN Configuration Menu

The VPN Configuration menu allows you to enable the VPN Client connection using the Secure Sockets

Layer (SSL). The VPN connection is used when a phone is located outside a trusted network or when

network traffic between the phone and Unified CM must cross untrusted networks.

Your system administrator determines if your phone should be configured with the VPN functionality

and enables the VPN feature.

If your phone is configured for VPN, the status of Auto-Detect Network Connection, which is configured

on the UCM server, determines if a VPN connection is possible:

• If Auto-Detect Network Connection is disabled, a VPN connection is possible. The Sign In screen

appears, and you are prompted for credentials based on the authentication method that your system

administrator configured on your phone. (On the phone in the Applications > VPN window, you can

toggle the VPN Enabled field to On or Off to turn on or off the phone’s ability to attempt a VPN

connection.)

• If Auto-Detect Network Connection is enabled, you cannot connect through VPN, so the Sign In

screen does not appear, and you are not prompted for credentials.

Connecting to VPN

Use this procedure to connect through VPN.

Procedure Steps

Step 1 After you turn on your phone and the Sign In screen for VPN Client appears (except with certificate

authentication mode), enter your credentials based on the configured authentication method:

• Username and password—Enter the username and the password that your system administrator

gave you.

• Certificate and password—Enter the password that your system administrator gave you. Your

username is derived from the certificate.

• Certificate—If the phone uses only a certificate for authentication, the Sign In screen does not

appear, and phone displays the status of the phone attempting the VPN connection.

Transaction Status • State—Displays the state of 802.1x authentication:

–

Disconnected—Indicates that 802.1x

authentication is not configured on the phone.

–

Authenticated—Indicates that the phone has

been authenticated.

–

Held—Indicates that the authentication process

is in progress.

• Protocol—Displays the EAP method used for

802.1x authentication (can be EAP-MD5,

EAP-FAST or EAP-TLS).

Display only—Cannot configure.

Table 7-6 802.1X Authentication Settings (continued)

Option Description To Change

7-17

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Security Setup Menu

(When the power is lost or reset under some circumstances, the stored credentials are cleared.)

When a phone is at the Sign In screen, the screen stays lit and does not enter a power-save mode. This

alerts the user that the phone is unregistered. If the phone remains in this state for a long time, the image

may persist in the display for a short time after the user logs back in and then the image fades.

Step 2 Select the Sign In softkey to connect.

(If you press Cancel while the phone is attempting the connection, the connection attempt stops, and the

as Off. The phone will not attempt a connection again until you set the VPN Enabled field to On.)

VPN Configuration Settings

Table 7-7 describes the VPN configuration options on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Table 7-7 VPN Configuration Settings

Option Description To Change

VPN Enabled If Auto-Detect Network Connection is disabled,

toggle the VPN Enabled field to On or Off to turn

on or off the phone’s ability to attempt a

VPN connection.

Choose Applications > VPN.

Set the VPN option to On or Off.

If the feature is disabled on the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager, this

option is disabled.

Change Credentials Changes the user ID and password.

If authentication is certificate-only or VPN

Enabled is off, the option will be grayed out.

—

VPN Status Shows if option is enabled or disabled. Display only—Configured on Unified CM.

7-18

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 7 Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Security Setup Menu

CHAPTER

8-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Configuring Features, Templates, Services,

and Users

After you install Cisco Unified IP Phones in your network, configure their network settings, and add

them to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you must use the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration application to configure telephony features, optionally modify phone

templates, set up services, and assign users.

This chapter provides an overview of these configuration and setup procedures. Cisco Unified

Communications Manager documentation provides detailed instructions for these procedures.

For suggestions about how to provide users with information about features, and what information to

provide, see Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a Website.”

For information about setting up phones in non-English environments, see Appendix B, “Supporting

International Users.”

This chapter includes following topics:

• Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 8-2

• Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters, page 8-26

• Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories, page 8-27

• Feature Buttons and Softkeys, page 8-28

• Park Monitoring, page 8-23

• Modifying Phone Button Templates, page 8-29

• Configuring Feature Control Policies, page 8-31

• Setting Up Services, page 8-32

• Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 8-33

• Managing the User Options Web Pages, page 8-34

8-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

After you add Cisco Unified IP Phones to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you can add

functionality to the phones. Table 8-1 includes a list of supported telephony features, many of which you

can configure using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. The Reference column

lists Cisco Unified Communications Manager and other documentation that contains configuration

procedures and related information.

For information about using most of these features on the phone, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,

9951, and 9971 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Also, see Table 8-4 for a list

of features that can be configured as programmable buttons; Table 8-4 also lists whether a feature is a

softkey or a dedicated feature button.

Note Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration also provides several service parameters that

you can use to configure various telephony functions. For more information on accessing and

configuring service parameters, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.

For more information on the functions of a service, click on the name of the parameter or the question

mark help button in the Service Parameter Configuration window.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Feature Description Configuration Reference

Agent Greeting Allows an agent to create and update a prerecorded

greeting that plays at the beginning of a call, such

as a customer call, before the agent begins the

conversation with the caller. The Agent can

prerecord a single greeting or multiple ones as

needed and create and update them.

When a customer calls, both callers hear the

prerecorded greeting. The agent can remain on

mute until the greeting ends or answer the call over

the greeting.

All codecs supported for the phone are supported

for Agent Greeting calls.

To enable Agent Greeting in the Cisco Unified CM

Administration application, choose Device >

Phone, locate IP Phone that you want to configure.

Scroll to the Device Information Layout pane and

set Built In Bridge to On or Default.

If Built In Bridge is set to Default, in the Cisco

Unified CM Administration application, choose

System > Service Parameter and select the

appropriate Server and Service. Scroll to the

Clusterwide Parameters (Device - Phone) pane and

set Builtin Bridge Enable to On.

For more information, see:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, Barge and

Privacy.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phones.

All Calls Allows a user to view a list, sorted in chronological

order (oldest first), of all active calls on all of their

phone lines.

For more information, see the “Modifying a

Phone Button Template for All Calls” section

on page 8-29.

8-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Anonymous Call Block Allows a user to reject calls from anonymous

callers. For more information, go to the “SIP Profile

Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration

Guide.

Any Call Pickup Allows users to pick up a redirected call via the

CTI application, on any line in their call pickup

group, regardless of how the call was routed to the

phone.

For more information, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide, “Call Pickup” chapter.

Answer (oldest call) Allows a user to answer the oldest call that is

available on all line appearances on the user’s

phone, including Hold Reversion and Park

Reversion calls that are in an altering state.

No configuration required other than to make

this a programmable feature button.

Assisted Directed Call

Park Lets the end user press only one button to

direct-park a call. This requires you to configure a

BLF Directed Call Park button. Then, when the

user presses an idle BLF Directed Call Park feature

button for an active call, the active call will be

immediately parked at the Dpark slot associated

with the Directed Call Park feature button.

For more information, see the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide, “Configuring Directed Call

Park” section.

Auto Answer Connects incoming calls automatically after a ring

or two.

Auto Answer works with either the speakerphone,

or the headset.

For more information, go to the “Directory

Number Configuration” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide.

Auto dial Allows the phone user to choose from matching

numbers in the Placed Calls log while dialing. To

place the call, the user can choose a number from

the Auto Dial list or continue to enter digits

manually.

Requires no configuration.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Automatic Port

Synchronization When the Cisco Unified CM administrator uses the

Remote Port Configuration feature to set the speed

and duplex function of an IP phone remotely, loss

of packets can occur if one port is slower than the

other.

The Automatic Port Synchronization feature

synchronizes the ports to the lowest speed among

the two ports, which eliminates packet loss. When

automatic port synchronization is enabled, it is

recommended that both ports be configured for

autonegotiate. If one port is enabled for

autonegotiate and the other is at a fixed speed, the

phone synchronizes to the fixed port speed.

Note If both the ports are configured for fixed

speed, the Automatic Port Synchronization

feature is ineffective.

Note The Remote Port Configuration and

Automatic Port Synchronization features

are compatible only with IEEE 802.3AF

Power of Ethernet (PoE) switches.

Switches that support only Cisco Inline

Power are not compatible. Enabling this

feature on phones that are connected to

these types of switches could result in loss

of connectivity to Cisco Unified CM, if the

phone is powered by PoE.

To configure the parameter in the Cisco

Unified CM Administration application,

choose Device > Phone, select the appropriate

IP phones, and scroll to the Product Specific

Configuration Layout pane.

To configure the setting on multiple phones

simultaneously, enable Automatic Port

Synchronization in the Enterprise Phone

Configuration (System > Enterprise Phone

Configuration).

Barge Allows a user to join a non-private call on a shared

phone line. Barge features adds a user to a call and

converts it into a conference, allowing the user and

other parties to access conference features.

Note The Cisco Unified IP Phone can still use

barge when the Built in Bridge Enable

service parameter is set to off. To prevent a

user from using the barge feature on the

The Cisco Unified IP Phone, you must

disable Barge in Feature Control Policy for

the phone.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP

Phone Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, “Barge and

Privacy” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Feature Control

Policy Configuration.”

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Bluetooth Profiles Allows you to select the bluetooth profiles for

Cisco Unified Phone 9951 and 9971. The two

profiles are:

• Handsfree

• Human Interface Device

1. Go to Cisco Unified CM Administration >

Device > Phone.

2. Find your phone from the list of phones

associated with the Cisco Unified CM.

3. Click on the Device Name of the phone.

4. The Phone Configuration window

appears.

5. Go to Product Specific Configuration

Layout area and from the Bluetooth

Profiles drop-down list box, choose the

applicable profile.

The Handsfree profile is selected by default.

Check the “Override Common Settings” check

box for any setting in Product Specific

Configuration area that you wish to update.

• If you do not check this check box, the

corresponding parameter setting does not

take effect.

• Parameters that you set in the Product

Specific Configuration area may also

appear in the Device Configuration

window for various devices and in the

Enterprise Phone Configuration window.

If you set these same parameters in these other

windows too, the setting that takes precedence

is determined in the following order:

1. Device Configuration window settings,

2. Common Phone Profile window settings

3. Enterprise Phone Configuration window

settings.

For more information, see Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration

Guide.

Block external to

external transfer Prevents users from transferring an external call to

another external number. For more information, go to the “External Call

Transfer Restrictions” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide.

Busy Lamp Field

(BLF) Allows a user to monitor the call state of a

directory number associated with a speed-dial

button, call log, or directory listing on the phone.

For more information, go to the “Presence”

chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Features and Services Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Busy Lamp Field

(BLF) Pickup Provides enhancements to BLF speed dial. Allows

you to configure a Directory Number (DN) that a

user can monitor for incoming calls. When the DN

receives an incoming call, the system alerts the

monitoring user, who can then pick up the call.

For more information, go to the “Call Pickup”

chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Features and Services Guide.

Call Back Provides users with an audio and visual alert on the

phone when a busy or unavailable party becomes

available.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, “Cisco Call

Back” chapter.

Call Chaperone Allows an authorized Call Chaperone user to

supervise and record a call.

Note This feature will work only if the External

Call Control feature, described later in this

table, is also configured.

The Call Chaperone user intercepts and answers

the call from calling party, manually creates a

conference to the called party and remains on the

conference to supervise and record the call. Cisco

Unified IP Phones that have the Call Chaperone

feature configured on them have a Record softkey.

The Call Chaperone user presses the Record

softkey to record a call.

For chaperoned calls, an announcement is played

or spoken by one of the participants at the start of

the call. An announcement will alert later

participants in the call that the call is being

recorded.

For more information, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide, “External Call Control”

chapter.

Call display

restrictions Determines the information that will display for

calling or connected lines, depending on the parties

who are involved in the call.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP

Phone Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, “Call

Display Restrictions” chapter.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Call Forward Allows users to redirect incoming calls to another

number. Call forward options include Call Forward

All, Call Forward Busy, Call Forward No Answer,

and Call Forward No Coverage.

Call forward options can be assigned on a per-line

basis.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Directory

Number Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter.

• “Specifying Options that Appear on the

User Options Web Pages” section on

page 8-36

Call Forward All loop

breakout Detects and prevents Call Forward All loops.

When a Call Forward All loop is detected, the Call

Forward All configuration is ignored and the call

rings through.

For more information, go to the “Cisco

Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager System Guide.

Call Forward All loop

prevention Prevents a user from configuring a Call Forward

All destination directly on the phone that creates a

Call Forward All loop or that creates a Call

Forward All chain with more hops than the existing

Forward Maximum Hop Count service parameter

allows.

For more information, go to the “Cisco

Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager System Guide.

Call Forward

destination override Allows you to override Call Forward All (CFA) in

cases where the CFA target places a call to the CFA

initiator. This feature allows the CFA target to

reach the CFA initiator for important calls. The

override works whether the CFA target phone

number is internal or external.

For more information, go to the

“Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter

in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager System Guide.

Call Park Allows users to park (temporarily store) a call and

then retrieve the call by using another phone in the

Cisco Unified Communications Manager system.

For more information, go to the “Call Park and

Directed Call Park” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Call Pickup Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing on a

co-worker’s phone by redirecting the call. You can

configure the call pickup feature to support the

following:

• Allows users to redirect a call that is ringing

on another phone within their pickup group to

their phone.

• Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing

on a particular directory number.

• Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing

on a directory number in another group.

• Allows a user to answer a call ringing on a

phone in another group that is associated with

their own group.

You can configure the phone to allows a user to use

one-touch pickup functionality for call pickup

features.

You can configure an audio and/or visual alert for

the primary line on the phone. This alert notifies

the users that a call is ringing in their pickup group.

For more information, go to the “Call Pickup”

chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Features and Services Guide.

Call recording Allows a supervisor to record an active call. The

user might hear a recording audible alert tone

during a call when it is being recorded.

When a call is secured, the security status of the

call is displayed as a lock icon on Cisco Unified IP

Phones. The connected parties might also hear an

audible alert tone that indicates the call is secured

and is being recorded.

The intercom feature is disabled when a call is

being monitored or recorded.

When an active call is being monitored or

recorded, you can receive or place intercom calls;

however, if you place an intercom call, the active

call will be put on hold, which causes the recording

session to terminate and the monitoring session to

suspend. To resume the monitoring session, the

party whose call is being monitored must resume

the call.

For more information, refer to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide, “Monitoring and Recording”

chapter.

Call Waiting Indicates (and allows users to answer) an incoming

call that rings while on another call. Displays

incoming call information on the phone screen.

For more information, go to the

“Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter

in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager System Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Caller ID Displays caller identification such as a phone

number, name, or other descriptive text on the

phone screen.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP

Phone Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Understanding Route

Plans” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, “Call

Display Restrictions” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Directory

Number Configuration” chapter.

Caller ID Blocking Allows a user to block their phone number or

e-mail address from phones that have caller

identification enabled.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Understanding Route

Plans” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Directory

Number Configuration” chapter.

Calling Party

Normalization Globalizes or localizes the incoming calling party

number so that the appropriate calling number

presentation displays on the phone. Supports the

international escape character +.

For more information, go to the “Calling Party

Normalization” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Features and Services

Guide.

CAST for SIP Establishes communication between the Cisco

Unified Video Advantage (CUVA) and the Cisco

Unified IP phones to support video on the PC even

if the IP phone does not have video capability.

For more information, see the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Cisco Extension

Mobility Allows users to temporarily access their Cisco

Unified IP Phone configuration such as line

appearances, services, and speed dials from shared

Cisco Unified IP Phone by logging into the Cisco

Extension Mobility service on that phone.

Cisco Extension Mobility can be useful if users

work from a variety of locations within your

company or if they share a workspace with

coworkers.

For more information, go to the “Cisco

Extention Mobility” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Cisco Extension

Mobility Change PIN Enables a user to change the PIN from a Cisco

Unified IP Phone.

The PIN can be changed by:

• Using the ChangePIN softkey on the

Extension Mobility logout screen.

• Configuring the Change Credential IP Phone

Service on the phone.

• For more information, go to the “Cisco

Extension Mobility” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide.

• For changing the PIN by change credential

service, see Configuring the Change

Credential IP Phone Service section in the

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration.

Cisco Extension

Mobility Cross Cluster Enables a user configured in one cluster to log into

a Cisco Unified IP Phone in another cluster.

Users from a home cluster log into a Cisco Unified

IP Phone at a visiting cluster.

Configure Cisco Extension Mobility on Cisco

Unified IP Phones before you configure EMCC.

For more information, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide, “Cisco Extension

Mobility Cross Cluster” chapter.

Cisco Web Dialer Allows users to make calls from web and desktop

applications. For more information go to the “Cisco Web

Dialer” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Conference • Allows a user to talk simultaneously with

multiple parties by calling each participant

individually.

• Allows a non-initiator in a standard (ad hoc)

conference to add or remove participants.

• Allows users to join two or more calls that are

on one line to create a conference call and

remain on the call.

The service parameter, Advance Adhoc

Conference, (disabled by default in Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Administration) allows you to enable these

features.

For information on conferences, go to the

“Conference Bridges” chapter in the

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide.

For more information, go to the “Cisco

Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager System Guide.

Note Be sure to inform your users whether

these features are activated.

CTI Applications A computer telephony integration (CTI) route

point can designate a virtual device to receive

multiple, simultaneous calls for

application-controlled redirection.

For more information, go to the “CTI Route

Point Configuration” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide.

Directed Call Park Allows a user to transfer an active call to an

available directed call park number that the user

dials or speed dials.

A Call Park BLF button indicates whether a

directed call park number is occupied and provides

speed-dial access to the directed call park number.

For more information, go to the “Call Park and

Directed Call Park” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Divert Allows a user to transfer a ringing, connected, or

held call directly to a voice-messaging system or to

the busy target. Divert acts on the highlighted call

only. Incoming calls are not automatically

highlighted. If a second call rings while the user is

on the first call, Divert will act on the first call

unless the user actively highlights the second call.

When a call is diverted, the line becomes available

to make or receive new calls.

When Enhanced Immediate Divert is enabled, it

allows users to transfer incoming calls directly to

their voice messaging system or to the voice

messaging system of the original called party.

For more information on diverting calls to

voicemail, go to the “Immediate Divert”

chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Features and Services Guide.

For more information on Enhanced Immediate

Divert, go to the “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager System Guide.

Dual Bank Information Allows the Cisco Unified CM administrator to

upgrade phone firmware with a new load before

resetting the previous load to an Inactive load

status.

The Cisco Unified CM administrator can verify

whether the active and inactive loads were

swapped correctly.

1. In Cisco Unified CM Administration,

choose Device > Device Defaults.

2. Check the load information in the Inactive

Load Information field.

3. From the Bulk Administration >

Import/Export > Export > Device

Defaults window, schedule an export job.

4. Download the exported tar file and untar

it.

5. Check the file format in the exported CSV

file and verify that the CSV file has a

column for “Inactive Load Information”

with correct value.

The CSV file value must match the Device

Default value in the Cisco Unified CM

Administration window.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Do Not Disturb (DND) When DND is turned on, either no audible rings

occur during the ringing-in state of a call, or no

audible or visual notifications of any type occur.

You can configure the phone to have a

phone-button template with DND as one of the

selected features.

The following DND-related parameters are

configurable in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration:

• Do Not Disturb—This check box allows you

to enable DND on a per-phone basis. Use

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration > Device > Phone > Phone

Configuration.

• DND Incoming Call Alert—Choose the type

of alert to play, if any, on a phone for incoming

calls when DND is active. This parameter is

located on both the Common Phone Profile

page and the Phone configuration page (Phone

Configuration window value takes

precedence).

• BLF Status Depicts DND—Enables DND

status to override busy/idle state.

For more information, go to the “Do Not

Disturb” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

External Call Control Allows Cisco Unified Communications Manager

to route audio and video calls to a route server that

hosts routing rules.

The route server receives routing requests from

Cisco Unified Communications Manager and in

turn returns routing directives to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager.

For more information, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide, “External Call Control”

chapter.

Fast Dial Service Allows a user to enter a Fast Dial code to place a

call. Fast Dial codes can be assigned to phone

numbers or Personal Address Book entries. (See

“Services” in this table.)

For more information, refer to Modifying a

Phone Button Template for Personal Address

Book or Speed Dials, page 8-30.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Hold Reversion Limits the amount of time that a call can be on hold

before reverting back to the phone that put the call

on hold and alerting the user.

Reverting calls are distinguished from incoming

calls by a single ring (or beep, depending on the

new call indicator setting for the line). This

notification repeats at intervals if not resumed.

A call that triggers Hold Reversion also displays an

animated icon in the call bubble and a brief

message on the status line.

You can configure call focus priority to favor

incoming or reverting calls.

For more information about configuring this

feature, go to the “Hold Reversion” chapter in

the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide.

Hold Status Enables phones with a shared line to distinguish

between the local and remote lines that placed a

call on hold.

No configuration is required.

Hold/Resume Allows the user to move a connected call from an

active state to a held state.

To place a call on hold, select the Hold button. To

resume a call, choose the line with the held call and

select the Resume softkey.

• Requires no configuration, unless you

want to use music on hold. See

“Music-on-Hold” in this table for

information.

• See “Hold Reversion” in this table.

Hunt Group Display Provides load sharing for calls to a main directory

number. A hunt group contains a series of directory

numbers that can answer the incoming calls.

When an incoming call is offered to a directory

number that is part of the hunt group, this feature

displays the main directory number in addition to

the calling party.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Hunt Group

Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Understanding Route

Plans” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “CTI Route Point

Configuration” chapter.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Intercom Allows users to place and receive intercom calls

using programmable phone buttons. You can

configure intercom line buttons to:

• Directly dial a specific intercom extension.

• Initiate an intercom call and then prompt the

user to enter a valid intercom number.

Note If your user logs into the same phone on a

daily basis using their Cisco Extension

Mobility profile, assign the phone button

template that contains intercom

information to their profile, and assign the

phone as the default intercom device for

the intercom line.

Note Intercom feature does not support

Extension Mobility Cross Cluster.

For more information, go to the “Intercom

chapter” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Feature and

Services Guide.

Intelligent Session

Control Reroutes a enterprise originated call to a users’

mobile phone to the enterprise number. The call

only rings the user's mobile but not his/her desk

phone. When the call is answered on the mobile

phone, the desk phone displays a Remote in Use

message. During these calls, a user can use the

various features of the mobile phone.

For more information, go to the “Cisco Unified

Mobility” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Line select If this feature is disabled (default), then the

ringing line is selected. When enabled, the primary

line is picked up even if a call is ringing on another

line. The User must manually select the other line.

Note This feature can also be enabled or

disabled for Extension Mobility.

For more information, refer to the option

“Always use prime line” in the following

chapters of Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration Guide:

• “Device Profile Configuration”

• “Common Phone Profile Configuration”

• “Cisco Unified IP Phone Services

Configuration”

Line select for voice

messages When disabled (default), pressing the Messages

button selects the line that has a voice message. If

more than one line has voice mail, then the first

available line is selected. When enabled, the

primary line is always used to retrieve voice

messages.

Note This feature can also be enabled or

disabled for Extension Mobility.

For more information, refer to the option

“Always use prime line for voice message” in

the following chapters of Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration

Guide:

• “Device Profile Configuration”

• “Common Phone Profile Configuration”

• “Cisco Unified IP Phone Services

Configuration”

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-15

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Log out of Hunt

Groups Allows users to log out of a hunt group and

temporarily block calls from ringing their phone

when they are not available to take calls. Logging

out of hunt groups does not prevent non-hunt group

calls from ringing their phone.

For more information

• See the “Setting Up Services” section on

page 8-32.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Understanding Route

Plans” chapter.

Malicious Caller

Identification (MCID) Allows users to notify the system administrator

about suspicious calls that are received. For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, ““Cisco Unified IP Phone”

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, “Malicious

Call Identification” chapter.

Meet-Me conference Allows a user to host a Meet-Me conference in

which other participants call a predetermined

number at a scheduled time.

For more information go to the “Meet-Me

Number/Pattern Configuration” chapter in the

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide.

Message Waiting Defines directory numbers for message-waiting on

and message-waiting off indicator. A directly

connected voice-messaging system uses the

specified directory number to set or to clear a

message-waiting indication for a particular Cisco

Unified IP Phone.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Message Waiting

Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Voice Mail Connectivity

to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager” chapter.

Message waiting

Indicator A light on the handset that indicates that a user has

one or more new voice messages. For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Message Waiting

Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Voice Mail Connectivity

to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager” chapter.

Message Waiting

Indicator (MWI) The MWI is both a visual indicator, viewable from

360 degrees and an audible message waiting

indicator. Users change the voice message light on

their handset and the audible voice message

indicator on their phone by logging in to their User

Options web pages and accessing the message

indicator settings. Users change the setting to on or

off.

For more information, go to the “Cisco

Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager System Guide.

Missed Call History Allows a user to specify whether missed calls will

be logged in the missed calls history for a given

line appearance.

For more information refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Directory Number

Configuration” chapter.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-16

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Mobile Connect Enables users to manage business calls using a

single phone number and pick up in-progress calls

on the desktop phone and a remote device such as

a mobile phone. Users can restrict the group of

callers according to phone number and time of day.

Also see the “Session Handoff” entry in this table.

For more information, go to the “Cisco Unified

Mobility” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Mobile Voice Access Extends Mobile Connect capabilities by allowing

users to access an interactive voice response (IVR)

system to originate a call from a remote device

such as a cellular phone.

For more information, go to the “Cisco Unified

Mobility” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Multiple calls per line

appearance Each line can support multiple calls. Only one call

can be active at any time; other calls are

automatically placed on hold.

For more information, go to the

“Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter

in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager System Guide.

Music on hold Plays music while callers are on hold. For more information go to the “Music On

Hold” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Mute Mutes the microphone from the handset or headset. Requires no configuration.

On-hook Dialing Allows a user to dial a number without going off

hook. The user can then either pick up the handset,

press the Call softkey, or press either the headset or

speaker buttons to initiate the call.

For more information, refer to the Cisco

Unified IP Phone 9971 User Guide for Cisco

Unified Communications Manager (SIP),

“Calling Features” chapter.

Park Monitoring Monitors the status of a parked call. The park

monitoring call bubble is not cleared until the

parked call gets retrieved or is abandoned by the

parkee. This parked call can be retrieved using the

same call bubble on the parker’s phone.

For more information, see the “Park

Monitoring” section on page 8-23.

For information on call park, see the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide, “Call Park and Directed

Call Park” chapter.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-17

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Peer Firmware Sharing The Peer Firmware Sharing feature provides these

advantages in high speed campus LAN settings:

• Limits congestion on TFTP transfers to

centralized remote TFTP servers

• Eliminates the need to manually control

firmware upgrades

• Reduces phone downtime during upgrades

when large numbers of devices are reset

simultaneously

Peer Firmware Sharing may also aid in firmware

upgrades in branch/remote office deployment

scenarios running over bandwidth-limited WAN

links.

When enabled, it allows the phone to discover like

phones on the subnet that are requesting the files

that make up the firmware image, and to

automatically assemble transfer hierarchies on a

per-file basis. The individual files making up the

firmware image are retrieved from the TFTP server

by only the root phone in the hierarchy, and are

then rapidly transferred down the transfer

hierarchy to the other phones on the subnet using

TCP connections.

This menu option indicates whether the phone

supports peer firmware sharing. Settings include:

• Enabled—default

• Disabled

Note Phone firmware release 9.1(1) supports

HTTP and TFTP firmware downloads

methods.

1. Go to Cisco Unified CM Administration >

Device > Phone.

2. Find your phone from the list of phones

associated with the Cisco Unified CM.

3. Click on the Device Name of the phone.

The Phone Configuration window

appears.

4. Go to Product Specific Configuration

Layout area and select Enable from the

Peer Firmware Sharing drop-down list

box.

The Peer Firmware Sharing is enabled by

default.

Check the “Override Common Settings” check

box for any setting in Product Specific

Configuration area that you wish to update.

• If you do not check this check box, the

corresponding parameter setting does not

take effect.

• Parameters that you set in the Product

Specific Configuration area may also

appear in the Phone Configuration

window for various devices and in the

Enterprise Phone Configuration window.

If you set these same parameters in these other

windows too, the setting that takes precedence

is determined in the following order:

1. Device Configuration window settings,

2. Common Phone Profile window settings

3. Enterprise Phone Configuration window

settings.

Phone secure web

access Cisco Unified IP Phones can now securely access

the web with the use of a phone trust store called

“phone-trust.”

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Security Guide, “Security Overview” chapter.

Plus Dialing Allows the user to dial E.164 numbers prefixed

with a “+” sign.

To dial the + sign, the user needs to press and hold

the “*” key for at least 1 second. This applies to

dialing the first digit for an on-hook or off-hook

call only.

Requires no configuration.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-18

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Power Negotiation

over LLDP Allows the phone to negotiate the power using

LLDP and CDP protocols.

Power Negotiation should not be disabled when

connected to a switch that supports power

negotiation. If disabled, it could cause the switch

to shut off power to the phone.

The Power Negotiation is enabled by default.

To change the setting of Power Negotiation to

Disabled, select Disabled in the Power

Negotiation drop-down list box in the Phone

Configuration window, Product Specific

Configuration.

For more information, see Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration

Guide.

Presence-enabled

directories Allows a user to monitor the call state of another

directory number (DN) listed in call logs,

speed-dials, and corporate directories. The Busy

Lamp Field (BLF) for the DN displays the call

state.

For more information, go to the “Presence”

chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Features and Services Guide.

Privacy Prevents users who share a line from adding

themselves to a call and from viewing information

on their phone screens about the call of the other

user.

For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP

Phone Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide “Barge and

Privacy” chapter.

Private Line

Automated Ringdown

(PLAR)

The Cisco Unified Communications Manager

administrator can configure a phone number that

the Cisco Unified IP Phone dials as soon as the

handset goes off hook. This can be useful for

phones that are designated for calling emergency

or “hotline” numbers.

For more information, go to the “Directory

Number Configuration” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide.

Programmable Feature

Button The administrator can assign features to

programmable keys. When the administrator

configures features on the feature button, they

always remain visible and accessible to the user;

for example the administrator can assign a

dedicated Pickup button on the phone.

For more information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Phone Button

Template Configuration” chapter

Protected calling Provides a secure (encrypted) connection between

two phones. A security tone is played at the

beginning of the call to indicate that both phones

are protected. Some features, such as conference

calling, shared lines, Extension Mobility, and Join

Across Lines are not available when protected

calling is configured. Protected calls are not

authenticated.

For more information about security, see the

“Overview of Supported Security Features”

section on page 1-16.

For additional information, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Security

Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-19

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Quality Reporting Tool

(QRT) Allows users to use the QRT feature button on a

phone to submit information about problem phone

calls. QRT can be configured for either of two user

modes, depending upon the amount of user

interaction desired with QRT.

For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, “Quality

Report Tool” chapter.

Redial Allows users to call the most recently dialed phone

number by pressing the Redial softkey. Requires no configuration.

Remote Port

Configuration Allows the administrator to configure the speed

and duplex function of the phone Ethernet ports

remotely by using Cisco Unified CM

Administration. This enhances the performance for

large deployments with specific port settings.

Note If the ports are configured for Remote Port

Configuration in Cisco Unified CM, the

data cannot be changed on the phone.

To configure the parameter in the Cisco

Unified CM Administration application,

choose Device > Phone, select the appropriate

IP phones, and scroll to the Product Specific

Configuration Layout pane (Switch Port

Remote Configuration or PC Port Remote

Configuration).

To configure the setting on multiple phones

simultaneously, configure the Remote Port

Configuration in the Enterprise Phone

Configuration (System > Enterprise Phone

Configuration).

Ring Tone Setting Identifies ring type used for a line when a phone

has another active call. For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Directory

Number Configuration” chapter.

• “Creating Custom Phone Rings” section

on page 9-2.

Ringtone Users can customize how their phone indicates an

incoming call and a new voice mail message. For more information, go to the “Custom

Phone Rings” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-20

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Secure and Nonsecure

Indication Tone When a phone is configured as secure (encrypted

and trusted) in Unified CM, it can be given a

“protected” status. After that if desired, the

protected phone can be configured to play an

indication tone at the beginning of a call:

• Protected Device—To change the status of a

secure phone to protected, check the

“Protected Device” check box in Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Administration > Device > Phone > Phone

Configuration.

• Play Secure Indication Tone—To enable the

protected phone to play a secure or nonsecure

indication tone, set the “Play Secure

Indication Tone” to True. (The default is

False.) You set this option in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration >

System > Service Parameters. Select the server

and then the Unified CM service. In the

Service Parameter Configuration window,

select the option in the Feature - Secure Tone

area. (The default is False.)

Only protected phones hear these secure or

nonsecure indication tones. (Nonprotected phones

never hear tones.) If the overall call status changes

during the call, the indication tone

changes accordingly. At that time, the protected

phone plays the appropriate tone.

A protected phone plays a tone or not under these

circumstances:

• When the option to play the tone is enabled

Play Secure Indication Tone option is enabled

(True):

–

W1hen end-to-end secure media is

established and the call status is secure,

the phone plays the secure indication tone

(three long beeps with pauses).

–

When end-to-end nonsecure media is

established and the call status is

nonsecure, the phone plays the nonsecure

indication tone (six short beeps with brief

pauses).

If the Play Secure Indication Tone option is

disabled, no tone is played.

Requires no configuration.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-21

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Secure Conference • Allows secure phones to place conference

calls using a secured conference bridge.

• As new participants are added by using

Confrn, Barge softkeys or MeetMe

conferencing, the secure call icon displays as

long as all participants use secure phones.

• The Conference List displays the security

level of each conference participant. Initiators

can remove non-secure participants from the

Conference List. (Non-initiators can add or

remove conference participants if the

Advanced Adhoc Conference Enabled

parameter is set.)

For more information about security, see the

“Overview of Supported Security Features”

section on page 1-16.

For additional information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Conference Bridges”

chapter

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Conference

Bridge Configuration” chapter

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Security Guide.

Services Allows you to use the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Services Configuration menu in Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Administration

to define and maintain the list of phone services to

which users can subscribe.

Note Some services appear on the phone by

default, or you can disable them so that

they do not display on the phone.

For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP

Phone Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone

Services” chapter.

Services URL button Allows users to access services from a

programmable button rather than by using the

Services menu on a phone.

For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP

Phone Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone

Services” chapter.

Session Handoff Allows users to switch calls from a mobile phone

to Cisco Unified devices that share the same line.

Handsets on all the devices on the shared line then

flash simultaneously.

After a user answers the call from one of the Cisco

Unified devices, the other Cisco Unified devices

that share the same line display a Remote in Use

message. However, if the call fails to switch from

the mobile phone, the mobile phone might display

a Cannot Move Conversation message.

For more information, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Features

and Services Guide, “Cisco Unified Mobility”

chapter.

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Features and Services Guide, “Cisco Unified

Mobility Advantage and Cisco Unified Mobile

Communicator Integration” chapter.

Shared line Allows a user to have multiple phones that share

the same phone number or allows a user to share a

phone number with a coworker.

For more information, go to the

“Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter

in the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager System Guide.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-22

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Monitoring and

Recording Allows a supervisor to monitor an active call

silently. The supervisor cannot be heard by either

party on the call. The user may receive an audible

alert during a call when it is being monitored.

When a call is secure, a lock icon is displayed.

Callers may also receive an audible alert to

indicate that the call is being monitored. The

connected parties may also receive an audible alert

that indicates the call is secure and is being

monitored.

When an active call is being monitored or

recorded, you can receive or place intercom calls;

however, if you place an intercom call, the active

call is put on hold. This causes the recording

session to terminate and the monitoring session to

suspend. To resume the monitoring session, the

person being monitored must resume the call.

For more information, go to the “Monitoring

and Recording” chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Speed Dial Allows users to speed dial a phone number by

entering an assigned index code (1-99) on the

phone keypad.

Note You can use Speed Dialing while on-hook

or off-hook.

Users assign index codes from the User Options

web pages.

For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP

Phone Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”

chapter.

Time-of-Day Routing Restricts access to specified telephony features by

time period. For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Time Period

Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Time-of-Day Routing”

chapter.

Time Zone Update Updates the Cisco Unified IP Phone with time zone

changes. For more information, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Date/Time Group

Configuration” chapter.

Transfer Allows users to redirect connected calls from their

phones to another number.

The user can connect two calls to each other. The

user can remain on the line or transfer the call

without staying on line.

Requires no configuration.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-23

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Park Monitoring

Park monitoring is supported only when a Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, or 9971 parks a call. Park

monitoring then monitors the status of a parked call. The park monitoring call bubble is not cleared until

the parked call gets retrieved or is abandoned by the parkee. This parked call can be retrieved using the

same call bubble on the parker’s phone.

The following sections describe the options for configuring park monitoring:

• Setting the Service Parameters for Park Monitoring, page 8-24

• Setting Park Monitoring Parameters in Directory Number Configuration Window, page 8-25

• Setting Park Monitoring Parameter in Hunt Pilot Configuration Window, page 8-25

Video mode Allows a user to select the video display mode for

viewing a video conference, depending on the

modes configured in the system.

For more information:

• Refer to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration Guide,

“Conference Bridge Configuration”

chapter.

• Refer to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager System Guide, “Understanding

Video Telephony” chapter.

Video Support Enables video support on the phone. For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Conference

Bridge Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Understanding Video

Telephony” chapter.

• Cisco VT Advantage Administration

Guide, “Overview of Cisco VT

Advantage” chapter.

VPN Using SSL, provides a virtual private network

(VPN) connection on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

when it is located outside a trusted network or

when network traffic between the phone and

Unified CM must cross untrusted networks.

For more information, see Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Security Guide,

Configuring Virtual Private Networks.

Voice messaging

system Enables callers to leave messages if calls are

unanswered. For more information refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide, “Cisco Voice-Mail

Port Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager

System Guide, “Voice Mail Connectivity

to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager” chapter.

Table 8-1 Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Feature Description Configuration Reference

8-24

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Park Monitoring

Setting the Service Parameters for Park Monitoring

Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration provides three clusterwide service timer

parameters for park monitoring: Park Monitoring Reversion Timer, Park Monitoring Periodic Reversion

Timer, and Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer. Each service parameter includes a default and

requires no special configuration. These timer parameters are for park monitoring only; the Call Park

Display Timer and Call Park Reversion Timer are not used for park monitoring. See Table 8-2 for

descriptions of these parameters.

Note To set the timers, in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, choose System > Service

Parameters and update the Park Monitoring Reversion Timer, Park Monitoring Periodic Reversion

Timer, and Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer fields in the Clusterwide Parameters

(Feature-General) pane.

Table 8-2 Service Parameters for Park Monitoring

Field Description

Park Monitoring

Reversion Timer Default is 60 seconds. This parameter determines the number of seconds that

Cisco Unified Communications Manager waits before prompting the user to

retrieve a call that the user parked. This timer starts when the user presses the

Park softkey on the phone, and a reminder is issued when the timer expires.

You can override the value specified in this service parameter on a per-line

basis in the Directory Number Configuration window (in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager administration, choose Call Routing > Directory

Number), in the Park Monitoring section. Specify a value of 0 to immediately

utilize the periodic reversion interval specified in the Park Monitoring Periodic

Reversion Timer service parameter (see below). For example, if this parameter

is set to zero and the Park Monitoring Periodic Reversion Timer is set to 15,

the user will be immediately prompted about the parked call and every 15

seconds thereafter until the Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer (see

below) expires.

Park Monitoring

Periodic Reversion

Timer

Default is 30 seconds.This parameter determines the interval (in seconds) that

Cisco Unified Communications Manager waits before prompting the user

again that a call has been parked. To be connected to the parked call, the user

can simply go off-hook during one of these prompts. Cisco Unified

Communications Manager continues to prompt the user about the parked call

as long as the call remains parked and until the time specified in the Park

Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer (see below) expires. Specify a value

of 0 to disable periodic prompts about the parked call.

Park Monitoring

Forward No Retrieve

Timer

Default is 300 seconds. This parameter determines the number of seconds that

park reminder notifications occur before the parked call is forwarded to the

Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve destination specified in the parker

Directory Number Configuration window. (If no forward destination is

provided in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, the call

is returned to the line that parked the call.) This parameter starts when the time

specified in the Park Monitoring Reversion Timer service parameter has

expired. When the Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer expires, the

call is removed from park and forwarded to the specified destination or

returned to the parker line.

8-25

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Park Monitoring

Setting Park Monitoring Parameters in Directory Number Configuration

Window

The Directory Number Configuration window (in Cisco Unified Communications Manager

administration, choose Call Routing > Directory Number) contains an area called “Park Monitoring,”

where you can configure the three parameters shown in Table 8-3.

Setting Park Monitoring Parameter in Hunt Pilot Configuration Window

When a call that was routed via the hunt list is parked, the Hunt Pilot Park Monitoring Forward No

Retrieve Destination parameter value is used (unless it is blank) when the Park Monitoring Forward No

Retrieve Timer expires. This value is configured in the Hunt Pilot Configuration window (in Cisco

Unified Communications Manager administration, choose Call Routing > Route/Hunt > Hunt Pilot).

If the Hunt Pilot Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Destination parameter value is blank, then the

call will be forwarded to the destination configured in the Directory Number Configuration window

when the Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer expires.

Table 8-3 Park Monitoring Parameters in Directory Number Configuration Window

Field Description

Park Monitoring

Forward No Retrieve

Destination External

When the parkee is an external party, then the call will be forwarded to the

specified destination in the parker’s Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve

Destination External parameter. If the Forward No Retrieve Destination

External field value is empty, the parkee will be redirected to the parker’s

line.

Park Monitoring

Forward No Retrieve

Destination Internal

When the parkee is an internal party, then the call will be forwarded to the

specified destination in the parker’s Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve

Destination Internal parameter. If the Forward No Retrieve Destination

Internal is empty, the parkee will be redirected to the parker’s line.

Park Monitoring

Reversion Timer This parameter determines the number of seconds that Cisco Unified

Communications Manager waits before prompting the user to retrieve a call

that the user parked. This timer starts when the user presses the Park softkey

on the phone, and a reminder is issued when the timer expires.

Default: 60 seconds

Note If you configure a non-zero value, this value overrides the value of

this parameter set in the Service Parameters window. However, if you

configure a value of 0 here, then the value in the Service Parameters

window will be used.

8-26

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration allows you to set some product-specific

configuration parameters for Cisco Unified IP Phones in any of the following windows:

• Phone Configuration window (Device > Phone); Product Specific Configuration portion of window

• Common Phone Profile window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone Profile)

• Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone Configuration)

List of Parameters

You can set the following parameters in any of the three configuration windows listed above:

• Back USB Port (for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971)

• Side USB Port

• Enable/Disable USB Classes

• Bluetooth (for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971)

• Bluetooth Profiles (only for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971)

• WLAN (for Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 only)

• Settings Access

• Web Access

• Days Display Not Active

• Display on Time

• Display on Duration

• Display Idle Timeout

• Load Server

• RTCP

• Peer Firmware Sharing

• Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP): Switch Port

• Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP): PC Port

• Link Layer Discovery Protocol - Media Endpoint Discover (LLDP-MED): Switch Port

• Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP): PC Port

• 802.1x Authentication

• Switch Port Remote Configuration

• PC Port Remote Configuration

• Automatic Port Synchronization

Note Descriptions of these parameters can be found by clicking the “?” button in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager administration.

8-27

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories

Override Common Settings Check Box

When you set the parameters, select the Override Common Settings check box for each setting you wish

to update. If you do not check this box, the corresponding parameter setting does not take effect. If you

set the parameters at the three configuration windows, the setting takes precedence in the following

order:

• Phone Configuration window

• Common Phone Profile window

• Enterprise Phone Configuration window

Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories

The Contact button on the Cisco Unified IP Phone gives users access to several directories. These

directories can include:

• Corporate Directory—Allows a user to look up phone numbers for co-workers.

To support this feature, you must configure corporate directories. See the “Configuring Corporate

Directories” section on page 8-27 for more information.

• Personal Directory—Allows a user to store a set of personal numbers.

To support this feature, you must provide the user with software to configure the personal directory.

See the “Configuring Personal Directory” section on page 8-27 for more information.

Configuring Corporate Directories

Cisco Unified Communications Manager uses a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)

directory to store authentication and authorization information about users of Cisco Unified

Communications Manager applications that interface with Cisco Unified Communications Manager.

Authentication establishes the users’ rights to access the system. Authorization identifies the telephony

resources that a user is permitted to use, such as a specific phone extension.

After completing the LDAP directory configuration, users can use the Corporate Directory service on

their phone to look up users in the corporate directory.

Configuring Personal Directory

Personal Directory consists of the following features:

• Personal Address Book (PAB)

• Speed Dials

• Address Book Synchronization Tool (TABSynch)

Users can access Personal Directory features by these methods:

• From a web browser—Users can access the PAB and Speed Dials features from the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager User Options web pages

• From the Cisco Unified IP Phone—Choose Contacts to search the corporate directory or the user’s

personal directory.

8-28

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Feature Buttons and Softkeys

• From a Microsoft Windows application—Users can use the TABSynch tool to synchronize their

PABs with Microsoft Windows Address Book (WAB). Customers who want to use the Microsoft

Outlook Address Book (OAB) should begin by importing the data from the OAB into the Windows

Address Book (WAB). TabSync can then be used to synchronize the WAB with Personal Directory.

To ensure that Cisco IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer users have access only to end-user data that

pertains to them, activate the Cisco UXL Web Service in Cisco Unified Serviceability.

To configure Personal Directory from a web browser, users must access their User Options web pages.

You must provide users with a URL and login information.

To synchronize with Microsoft Outlook, users must install the TABSynch utility, provided by you. To

obtain the TABSynch software to distribute to users, choose Application > Plugins from Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration, then locate and click Cisco IP Phone Address Book

Synchronizer.

Feature Buttons and Softkeys

Table 8-4 provides information about some of the features that are available on softkeys, some that are

available on dedicated feature buttons, and some that you need to configure as programmable feature

buttons. An “X” in the table indicates that the feature is supported for the corresponding button type or

softkey. Of the two button types and softkeys, only programmable feature buttons require configuration

in Cisco Unified IP Phone administration.

Note The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 does not use softkey templates in Cisco Unified

Communications Manager administration.

For information on configuring programmable feature buttons, see the “Modifying Phone Button

Templates” section on page 8-29.

Table 8-4 Features and Corresponding Buttons and Softkeys

Feature Name

Dedicated Feature

Button

Programmable Feature

Button Softkey

All Calls X

Answer X X

Call Back X X

Call Forward All X X

Call Park X X

Call Park Line

Status

Call Pickup X

Call Pickup Line

Status

Conference X X

(available while on a

conference only)

Divert X

8-29

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Modifying Phone Button Templates

Phone button templates let you assign speed dials and call-handling features to programmable buttons.

Call-handling features that can be assigned to buttons include Answer, Mobility, and All Calls.

Ideally, you modify templates before registering phones on the network. In this way, you can access

customized phone button template options from Cisco Unified Communications Manager during

registration.

To modify a phone button template, choose Device > Device Settings > Phone Button Template in

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To assign a phone button template to a phone,

use the Phone Button Template field in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration

Phone Configuration page. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide and

Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide for more information.

• The default Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 template that ships with the phone uses buttons 1 and 2

for lines.

Modifying a Phone Button Template for All Calls

It is recommended that you provision an All Calls button for users with multiple shared lines. When you

configure an All Call button on the phone, you enable the users to do the following:

Do Not Disturb X

Group Pickup X

Hold X

Hunt Groups X

Intercom X

Malicious Call

Identification

(MCID)

Meet Me X

Mobile Connect X

Mute X

Other Pickup X

Privacy X

Redial X X

Speed Dial X X

Speed Dial Line

Status

Transfer X X

(available during a

transfer only)

Quality Reporting

Tool ( QRT)

Table 8-4 Features and Corresponding Buttons and Softkeys

8-30

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Modifying Phone Button Templates

• Press the All Calls button to displays a consolidated list of current calls from all lines on the phone.

• Press the All Calls button under Call History to displays a list of all missed calls from all lines on

the phone.

• Place a call on the users primary line when the user goes off-hook. All Calls automatically defaults

to the users primary line for any outgoing call.

To add the All Calls button, you must modify the phone button template and then assign the template to

the phone.

Modifying a Phone Button Template for Personal Address Book or Speed Dials

You can modify a phone button template to associate a service URL with a programmable button. Doing

so enables users to have single-button access to the PAB and Speed Dials. Before you modify the phone

button template, you must configure PAB or Speed Dials as an IP phone service.

To configure PAB or Speed Dial as an IP phone service (if it is not already a service), follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device >Device Settings >

Phone Services.

The Find and List IP Phone Services window displays.

Step 2 Click Add New.

The IP Phone Services Configuration window displays.

Step 3 Enter the following settings:

• Service Name and ASCII Service Name—Enter Personal Address Book.

• Service Description—Enter an optional description of the service.

• Service URL

For PAB, enter the following URL:

http://<Unified CM-server-name>:8080/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=pab

For Fast Dial, enter the following URL:

http://<Unified-CM-server-name>:8080/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=fd

• Secure Service URL

For PAB, enter the following URL:

https://<Unified CM-server-name>:8443/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=pab

For Fast Dial, enter the following URL:

https://<Unified-CM-server-name>:8443/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=fd

• Service Category—Select XML Service.

• Service Type—Select Directories.

• Enable—Select the check box.

http://<IP_address> or https://<IP_address> (depending on the protocol supported by the Cisco

Unified IP Phone)

Step 4 Click Save.

8-31

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Configuring Feature Control Policies

You can add, update, or delete service parameters as needed as described in the “Cisco Unified IP Phone

Services Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.

Note If you change the service URL, remove an IP phone service parameter, or change the name

of a phone service parameter for a phone service to which users are subscribed, you must

click Update Subscriptions to update all currently subscribed users with the changes, or

users must resubscribe to the service to rebuild the correct URL.

To modify a phone button template for PAB or Fast Dial, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device > Device Settings >

Phone Button Template.

Step 2 Click Find.

Step 3 Select the phone model.

Step 4 Click Copy, enter a name for the new template, and then click Save.

The Phone Button Template Configuration window opens.

Step 5 Identify the button you would like to assign, and select Service URL from the Features drop-down list

box associated with the line.

Step 6 Click Save to create a new phone button template using the service URL.

Step 7 Choose Device > Phone and open the Phone Configuration window for the phone.

Step 8 Select the new phone button template from the Phone Button Template drop-down list box.

Step 9 Click Save to store the change and then click Reset to implement the change.

The phone user can now access the User Options pages and associate the service with a button on the

phone.

For additional information on IP phone services, go to the “Cisco Unified IP Phone Services

Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, For

additional information on configuring line buttons, go to the “Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration”

chapter and “Configuring Speed-Dial Buttons” section in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration Guide.

Configuring Feature Control Policies

You can limit the appearance of some telephony features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and

9971 by enabling or disabling these features in the feature control policy configuration. When you

disable a feature in the feature control policy configuration for a phone, you restrict the user’s access to

the feature and the softkeys associated with the feature does not display on the phone.

To create a Feature Control Policy, follow these steps:

8-32

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Setting Up Services

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device > Device Settings >

Feature Control Policy.

The Find and List Feature Control Policy window displays.

Step 2 Click Add New to define a set of policies.

Step 3 Enter the following settings.

• Name—Enter a name for a new Feature Control Policy

• Description—(Optional) Enter a description.

• Feature Control Section—Check the check box for the features that you want to change the default

setting. Table 8-5 displays the list of features that can be configured and the default value.

Step 4 Click Save.

Step 5 Apply the policy to the phone by including it in the following settings.

• Enterprise Parameters Configuration—Applies to all phones in the system.

• Common Phone Profile Configuration—Applies to all phones in a group.

• Phone Configuration—Applies to an individual phone

For more information, refer to the “Feature Control Policy” chapter in the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.

Setting Up Services

You can give users access to Cisco Unified IP Phone Services on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,

9951, and 9971. You can also assign a button to different phone services. These services comprise XML

applications and Cisco-signed Java midlets that enable the display of interactive content with text and

graphics on the phone. The Cisco Unified IP Phone manages each service as a separate application.

Examples of services include local movie times, stock quotes, and weather reports.

Before a user can access any service:

Table 8-5 Feature Control Policy Default Values

Feature Default Value

Forward All Enabled

Park Disabled

To Voicemail Disabled

Conference List Enabled

Speed Dial Enabled

Call Back Enabled

Redial Enabled

Barge Enabled

8-33

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager

• You must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to configure services that

are not present by default.

• The user must subscribe to services using the Cisco Unified Communications Manager User

Options application. This web-based application provides a graphical user interface (GUI) for

limited, end-user configuration of IP Phone applications. However, a user cannot subscribe to any

service that you configure as an enterprise subscription.

Before you set up services, gather the URLs for the sites you want to set up and verify that users can

access those sites from your corporate IP telephony network. (This is not applicable for the default

services provided by Cisco.)

To set up these services, choose Device > Device Settings > Phone Services from Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration. Refer to “Cisco Unified IP Phone Services Configuration”

chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide and to the “Cisco Unified

IP Phone Services” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide for more

information.

After you configure these services, verify that your users have access to the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager User Options web-based application, from which they can select and

subscribe to configured services. See the “How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone

Features” section on page A-2 for a summary of the information that you must provide to end users.

Note To configure Cisco Extension Mobility services for users, go to the “Cisco Extension Mobility” chapter

in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Features and Services Guide.

Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Adding users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager allows you to display and maintain

information about users and allows each user to perform these tasks:

• Access the corporate directory and other customized directories from a Cisco Unified IP Phone.

• Create a personal directory.

• Set up speed dial and call forwarding numbers.

• Subscribe to services that are accessible from a Cisco Unified IP Phone.

You can add users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager using one of these following methods:

• To add users individually, choose User Management > End User from Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration.

For more information, go to the End User Configuration chapter in the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration Guide.

• To add users in batches, use the Bulk Administration Tool. This method also enables you to set an

identical default password for all users.

For more information, go to the “Bulk Administration” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration Guide.

8-34

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Managing the User Options Web Pages

From the User Options web page, users can customize and control several phone features and settings.

For detailed information about the User Options web pages, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951,

and 9971 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager.

Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages

Before a user can access the User Options web pages, you must add the user to the standard Cisco

Unified Communications Manager end user group and associate the appropriate phone with the user.

To add the user to the stand Cisco Unified Communications Manager end user group, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose User Management > User

Groups.

The Find and List Users window displays.

Step 2 Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.

Step 3 Click on the Standard CCM End Users link. The User Group Configuration page for the Standard CCM

End Users displays.

Step 4 Click Add End Users to Group. The Find and List Users window displays.

Step 5 Use the Find User drop-down list boxes to find the end users that you want to add and click Find.

Step 6 A list of end users that matches your search criteria displays.

Step 7 In the list of records that display, click the check box next to the users that you want to add to this user

group. If the list comprises multiple pages, use the links at the bottom to see more results.

Note The list of search results does not display end users that already belong to the user group.

Step 8 Click Add Selected.

To associate appropriate phones with the user, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose User Management > End User.

The Find and List Users window displays.

Step 2 Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.

Step 3 In the list of records that display, click the link for the user.

Step 4 Click Device Association.

The User Device Association window displays.

Step 5 Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.

8-35

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Managing the User Options Web Pages

Step 6 Choose the device that you want to associate with the end user by checking the box to the left of the

device.

Step 7 Click Save Selected/Changes to associate the device with the end user.

8-36

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 8 Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users

Managing the User Options Web Pages

Make sure to provide end users with the following information about the User Options web pages:

• The URL required to access the application. This URL is:

http://<server_name:portnumber>/ccmuser/, where server_name is the host on which the web

server is installed.

• A user ID and default password are needed to access the application.

These settings correspond to the values you entered when you added the user to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager (see the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager”

section on page 8-33).

For additional information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, “User Group Configuration”

chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, “End User Configuration” chapter.

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administrator Guide, “Role Configuration” chapter.

Specifying Options that Appear on the User Options Web Pages

Most options that are on the User Options web pages appear by default. However, the following options

must be set by the system administrator by using Enterprise Parameters Configuration settings in Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Administration:

• Show Ring Settings

• Show Line Text Label Settings

• Show Call Forwarding

Note The settings apply to all User Options web pages at your site.

To specify the options that appear on the User Options web pages, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose System > Enterprise

Parameters.

The Enterprise Parameters Configuration window appears.

Step 2 In the CCMUser Parameters area, specify whether a parameter appears on the User Options web pages

by choosing one of these values from the Parameter Value drop-down list box for the parameter:

• True—Option displays on the User Options web pages (default except for Show Ring Settings,

Show Line Text Label, and Show Call Forwarding).

• False—Option does not display on the User Options web pages.

• Show All Settings—All call forward settings display on the User Options web pages (default).

• Hide All Settings—No call forward settings display on the User Options web pages.

• Show Only Call Forward All—Only call forward all calls displays on the User Options web pages.

CHAPTER

9-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

This chapter explains how you customize configuration files, phone ring sounds, and background

images, and how to disable the phone screen to conserve power.

This chapter includes these topics:

• Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files, page 9-1

• Creating Custom Phone Rings, page 9-2

• Creating Custom Background Images

• Configuring Wideband Codec, page 9-6

• Configuring the Idle Display, page 9-7

• Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Display, page 9-7

Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files

You can modify configuration files (for example, edit the xml files) and add customized files (for

example, custom ring tones, call-back tones) to the TFTP directory. You can modify files and add

customized files to the TFTP directory in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System

Administration, from the TFTP Server File Upload window. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications

Operating System Administration Guide for information about how to upload files to the TFTP folder

on a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.

You can obtain a copy of the Ringlist.xml and List.xml files from the system using the following admin

command-line interface (CLI) “file” commands (for exact syntax, refer to the Command Line Interface

Reference Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Solutions):

• admin:file

–

file list

–

file view

–

file search

–

file get

–

file dump

–

file tail

–

file delete

9-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 9 Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Creating Custom Phone Rings

The Cisco Unified IP Phone ships with two default ring types that are implemented in hardware: Chirp1

and Chirp2. Cisco Unified Communications Manager also provides a default set of additional phone ring

sounds that are implemented in software as pulse code modulation (PCM) files. The PCM files, along

with an XML file (named Ringlist.xml) that describes the ring list options that are available at your site,

exist in the TFTP directory on each Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.

For more information, see the “Cisco TFTP” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Manager System

Guide and the “Software Upgrades” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System

Administration Guide.

The following sections describe how you can customize the phone rings that are available at your site

by creating PCM files and editing the Ringlist.xml file:

• Ringlist.xml File Format Requirements, page 9-2

• PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types, page 9-3

• Configuring a Custom Phone Ring, page 9-3

Ringlist.xml File Format Requirements

The Ringlist.xml file defines an XML object that contains a list of phone ring types. This file can include

up to 50 ring types. Each ring type contains a pointer to the PCM file that is used for that ring type and

the text that will appear on the Ring Type menu on a Cisco Unified IP Phone for that ring. The Cisco

TFTP server for each Cisco Unified Communications Manager contains this file.

The CiscoIPPhoneRinglist XML object uses the following simple tag set to describe the information:

<Ring>

</Ring>

</CiscoIPPhoneRingList>

The following characteristics apply to the definition names. You must include the required DisplayName

and FileName for each phone ring type.

• DisplayName defines the name of the custom ring for the associated PCM file that will display on

the Ring Type menu of the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

• FileName specifies the name of the PCM file for the custom ring to associate with DisplayName.

Note The DisplayName and FileName fields must not exceed 25 characters.

This example shows a Ringlist.xml file that defines two phone ring types:

<Ring>

<DisplayName>Analog Synth 1</DisplayName>

<FileName>Analog1.raw</FileName>

</Ring>

<Ring>

<DisplayName>Analog Synth 2</DisplayName>

<FileName>Analog2.raw</FileName>

</Ring>

</CiscoIPPhoneRingList>

9-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 9 Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Creating Custom Phone Rings

PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types

The PCM files for the rings must meet the following requirements for proper playback on Cisco Unified

IP Phones:

• Raw PCM (no header)

• 8000 samples per second

• 8 bits per sample

• uLaw compression

• Maximum ring size—16080 samples

• Minimum ring size—240 samples

• Number of samples in the ring is evenly divisible by 240.

• Ring starts and ends at the zero crossing.

• To create PCM files for custom phone rings, you can use any standard audio editing packages that

support these file format requirements.

Configuring a Custom Phone Ring

To create custom phone rings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Create a PCM file for each custom ring (one ring per file). Ensure the PCM files comply with the format

guidelines that are listed in the “PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types” section on page 9-3.

Step 2 Upload the new PCM files that you created to the Cisco TFTP server for each Cisco Unified

Communications Manager in your cluster. For more information, see the “Software Upgrades” chapter

in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration Guide.

Step 3 Use an text editor to edit the Ringlist.xml file. See the “Ringlist.xml File Format Requirements” section

on page 9-2 for information about how to format this file and for a sample Ringlist.xml file.

Step 4 Save your modifications and close the Ringlist.xml file.

Step 5 To cache the new Ringlist.xml file, stop and start the TFTP service by using Cisco Unified Serviceability

or disable and re-enable the “Enable Caching of Constant and Bin Files at Startup” TFTP service

parameter (located in the Advanced Service Parameters).

9-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 9 Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Creating Custom Background Images

You can provide users with a choice of background images (or wallpaper) for the LCD screen on their

phones. Users can select a background image by choosing Applications > Preferences > Wallpaper

on the phone.

The image choices that users see come from PNG images and an XML file (called List.xml) that are

stored on the TFTP server used by the phone. By storing your own PNG files and editing the XML file

on the TFTP server, you can designate the background images from which users can choose. In this way,

you can provide custom images, such as your company logo.

The following sections describe how you can customize the background images that are available at your

site by creating your own PNG files and editing the List.xml file:

• List.xml File Format Requirements, page 9-4.

• PNG File Requirements for Custom Background Images, page 9-5.

• Configuring a Custom Background Image, page 9-5

List.xml File Format Requirements

The List.xml file defines an XML object that contains a list of background images. The List.xml file is

stored in the following subdirectory on the TFTP server:

Desktops/640x480x24

Tip If you are manually creating the directory structure and the List.xml file, you must ensure that the

directories and files can be accessed by the user\CCMService, which is used by the TFTP service.

For more information, see the “Software Upgrades” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications

Operating System Administration Guide.

The List.xml file can include up to 50 background images. The images are in the order that they appear

in the Background Images menu on the phone. For each image, the List.xml file contains one element

type, called ImageItem. The ImageItem element includes these two attributes:

• Image—Uniform resource identifier (URI) that specifies where the phone obtains the thumbnail

image that will appear on the Background Images menu on a phone.

• URL—URI that specifies where the phone obtains the full size image.

The following example shows a List.xml file that defines two images. The required Image and URL

attributes must be included for each image. The TFTP URI that is shown in the example is the only

supported method for linking to full size and thumbnail images. HTTP URL support is not provided.

List.xml Example

<ImageItem Image=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/TN-Fountain.png”

URL=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/Fountain.png”/>

<ImageItem Image=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/TN-FullMoon.png”

URL=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/FullMoon.png”/>

</CiscoIPPhoneImageList>

The Cisco Unified IP Phone firmware includes a default background image. This image is not defined

in the List.xml file. The default image is always the first image that appears in the Background Images

menu on the phone.

9-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 9 Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Creating Custom Background Images

PNG File Requirements for Custom Background Images

Each background image requires two PNG files:

• Full size image—Version that appears on the on the phone.

• Thumbnail image—Version that displays on the Background Images screen from which users can

select an image. Must be 25% of the size of the full size image.

Tip Many graphics programs provide a feature that will resize a graphic. An easy way to create a thumbnail

image is to first create and save the full size image, then use the sizing feature in the graphics program

to create a version of that image that is 25% of the original size. Save the thumbnail version by using a

different name.

The PNG files for background images must meet the following requirements for proper display on the

Cisco Unified IP Phone:

• Full size image—640 pixels (width) X 480 pixels (height).

• Thumbnail image—123 pixels (width) X 111 pixels (height).

Tip If you are using a graphics program that supports a posterize feature for grayscale, set the

number of tonal levels per channel to 16, and the image will posterize to 16 shades of grayscale.

Configuring a Custom Background Image

To create custom background images for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Create two PNG files for each image (a full size version and a thumbnail version). Ensure the PNG files

comply with the format guidelines that are listed in the “PNG File Requirements for Custom Background

Images” section on page 9-5.

Step 2 Upload the new PNG files that you created to the following subdirectory in the TFTP server for the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager:

Desktops/640x480x24

Note The file name and subdirectory parameters are case sensitive. Be sure to use the forward slash

“/” when you specify the subdirectory path.

To upload the files, choose Software Upgrades > Upload TFTP Server File in Cisco Unified

Communications Operating System Administration. For more information, see the “Software Upgrades”

chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration Guide.

Note If the folder does not exist, the folder gets created and the files get uploaded to the folder.

9-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 9 Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Configuring Wideband Codec

Step 3 You must also copy the customized images and files to the other TFTP servers that the phone may

contact to obtain these files.

Note Cisco recommends that you also store backup copies of custom image files in another location.

You can use these backup copies if the customized files are overwritten when you upgrade Cisco

Unified Communications Manager.

Step 4 Use a text editor to edit the List.xml file. See the “List.xml File Format Requirements” section on

page 9-4 for the location of this file, formatting requirements, and a sample file.

Step 5 Save your modifications and close the List.xml file.

Note When you upgrade Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a default List.xml file will replace

your customized List.xml file. After you customize the List.xml file, make a copy of the file and

store it in another location. After upgrading Cisco Unified Communications Manager, replace

the default List.xml file with your stored copy.

Step 6 To cache the new List.xml file, stop and start the TFTP service by using Cisco Unified Serviceability or

disable and re-enable the Enable Caching of Constant and Bin Files at Startup TFTP service parameter

(located in the Advanced Service Parameters).

Configuring Wideband Codec

If Cisco Unified Communications Manager has been configured to use G.722 (G.722 is enabled by

default for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971) and if the far endpoint supports G.722, the

call connects by using the G.722 codec in place of G.711. This situation occurs regardless of whether the

user has enabled a wideband headset or wideband handset, but if either the headset or handset is enabled,

the user may notice greater audio sensitivity during the call. Greater sensitivity means improved audio

clarity but also means that more background noise can be heard by the far endpoint—noise such as

rustling papers or nearby conversations. Even without a wideband headset or handset, some users may

prefer the additional sensitivity of G.722. Other users may be distracted by the additional sensitivity of

G.722.

Two parameters in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration affect whether wideband is

supported for this Cisco Unified Communications Manager server and/or a specific phone:

• Advertise G.722 Codec—From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose

System > Enterprise Parameters. The default value of this enterprise parameter is True, which

means that all Cisco Unified IP Phone Models 9971 that are registered to this Cisco Unified

Communications Manager will advertise G.722 to Cisco Unified Communications Manager. If each

endpoint in the attempted call supports G.722 in its capabilities set, Cisco Unified Communications

Manager will choose that codec for the call when possible.

• Advertise G.722 Codec—From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose

Device > Phone. The default value of this product-specific parameter is to use the value specified

in the enterprise parameter. If you want to override this on a per-phone basis, choose Enabled or

Disabled in the Advertise G.722 Codec parameter on the Product Specific Configuration area of the

Phone Configuration window.

9-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 9 Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Configuring the Idle Display

You can specify an idle display (text only; text-file size should not exceed 1M bytes) that appears on the

phone screen. The idle display is an XML service that the phone invokes when the phone has been idle

(not in use) for a designated period and no feature menu is open.

For detailed instructions about creating and displaying the idle display, refer to Creating Idle URL

Graphics on Cisco Unified IP Phone at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/788/AVVID/idle-url.html

In addition, you can refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide or to Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide for the following information:

• Specifying the URL of the idle display XML service:

–

For a single phone—Idle field on the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Phone

configuration window

–

For multiple phones simultaneously—URL Idle field on the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Enterprise Parameters configuration window, or the Idle field in the Bulk

Administration Tool (BAT)

• Specifying the length of time that the phone is not used before the idle display XML service is

invoked:

–

For a single phone—Idle Timer field on the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Phone

configuration window

–

For multiple phones simultaneously—URL Idle Time field on the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Enterprise Parameters configuration window, or the Idle Timer field

in the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT)

From a phone, you can see settings for the idle display XML service URL and the length of time that the

phone is not used before this service is invoked. To see these settings, choose Settings > Device

Configuration and scroll to the Idle URL and the Idle URL Time parameters.

Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Display

To conserve power and ensure the longevity of the phone screen display, you can set the display to turn

off when it is not needed.

You can configure settings in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to turn off the

display at a designated time on some days and all day on other days. For example, you may choose to

turn off the display after business hours on weekdays and all day on Saturdays and Sundays.

To turn on the display any time it is off, press the Select button.

When you turn the display on, it remains on until the phone has remained idle for a designated length of

time, then it turns off automatically.

Table 9-1 explains the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration fields that control when

the display turns on and off. You configure these fields in Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration in the Product Specific configuration window. (You access this window by choosing

Device > Phone from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.)

9-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 9 Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Display

Table 9-1 Display On and Off Configuration Fields

Field Description

Days Display Not Active Days that the display does not turn on automatically at the time specified in

the Display On Time field.

Choose the day or days from the drop-down list. To choose more than one

day, Ctrl-click each day that you want.

Display On Time Time each day that the display turns on automatically (except on the days

specified in the Days Display Not Active field).

Enter the time in this field in 24 hour format, where 0:00 is midnight.

For example, to automatically turn the display on at 7:00 a.m., (0700), enter

7:00. To turn the display on at 2:00 p.m. (1400), enter 14:00.

If this field is blank, the display will automatically turn on at 0:00.

The default value is 07:30.

Display On Duration Length of time that the display remains on after turning on at the time

specified in the Display On Time field.

Enter the value in this field in the format hours:minutes.

For example, to keep the display on for 4 hours and 30 minutes after it turns

on automatically, enter 4:30.

If this field is blank, the phone will turn off at the end of the day (0:00).

Note If Display On Time is 0:00 and the display on duration is blank (or

24:00), the display will remain on continuously.

The default value is 10:30.

Display Idle Timeout Length of time that the phone is idle before the display turns off. Applies

only when the display was off as scheduled and was turned on by an end-user

(by pressing the Select button on the phone).

Enter the value in this field in the format hours:minutes.

For example, to turn the display off when the phone is idle for 1 hour and 30

minutes after an end-user turns the display on, enter 1:30.

The default value is 1:00.

CHAPTER

10-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Viewing Model Information, Status, and

Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

This chapter describes how to use the following menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and

9971 to view model information, status messages, and network statistics for the phone:

• Model Information screen—Displays hardware and software information about the phone. For more

information, see the “Model Information Screen” section on page 10-1.

• Status menu—Provides access to screens that display the status messages, network statistics, and

statistics for the current call. For more information, see the “Status Menu” section on page 10-2.

You can use the information on these screens to monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with

troubleshooting.

You can also obtain much of this information, and obtain other related information, remotely through

the phone’s web page. For more information, see Chapter 11, “Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Remotely.”

For more information about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971, see

Chapter 12, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance.”

This chapter includes these topics:

• Model Information Screen, page 10-1

• Status Menu, page 10-2

Model Information Screen

To display the Model Information screen, press the Applications button and then select Phone

Information.

If the user is connected to a secure or authenticated server, a corresponding icon (lock or certificate) will

be displayed in the Phone Information Screen to the right of the server option. If the user is not connected

to a secure or authenticated Server, no icon will appear.

10-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

The Model Information screen includes the options described in Table 10-1.

To exit the Model Information screen, press the Exit softkey.

Status Menu

To display the Status menu, press Applications button and then select Administrator Settings >

Status. To exit the Status menu, press the Exit softkey.

The Status menu includes theses options, which provide information about the phone and its operation:

• Status Messages—Displays the Status Messages screen, which shows a log of important system

messages. For more information, see the “Status Messages Screen” section on page 10-3.

• Ethernet Statistics—Displays the Ethernet Statistics screen, which shows Ethernet traffic statistics.

For more information, see the “Ethernet Statistics Screen” section on page 10-7.

• WLAN Statistics—Displays the WLAN Statistics screen if applicable. For more information, see

the “WLAN Statistics Screen” section on page 10-9.

• Call Statistics—Displays counters and statistics for the current call. For more information, see the

“Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11. For information about video statistics, see “Video

Statistics Screen” section on page 10-13.

• Current Access Point—Displays the Current Access Point screen, if applicable. For more

information, see the “Current Access Point Screen” section on page 10-15.

Table 10-1 Model Information Settings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Option Description To Change

Model Number Model number of the phone. Display only—Cannot configure.

IP Address IP address of the phone. Display only—Cannot configure.

Host name Host name of the phone. Display only—Cannot configure.

Active Load Version of firmware currently installed on the phone. The user

can press the Details softkey for more information. Display only—Cannot configure.

Inactive Load Inactive Load appears only when a download is in progress, and

a download icon and a status of “Upgrade in Progress” or

“Upgrade Failed” also display. If a user presses the Details

softkey during an upgrade, the download filename and

components are listed.

A new firmware image can be set to download in advance of a

maintenance window. Then instead of waiting for all of the

phones to download the firmware, the system switches more

rapidly between resetting an existing load to Inactive status and

installing the new load.

When the download is complete, the icon changes to indicate the

completed status, and a check mark displays for a successful

download, and an “X” displays for a failed download. If

possible, the rest of the loads continue to download.

Display only—Cannot configure.

Last Upgrade Date of the most recent firmware upgrade. Display only—Cannot configure.

Active Server IP address of the server to which the phone is registered. Display only—Cannot configure.

Stand-by Server IP address of the standby server. Display only—Cannot configure.

10-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Status Messages Screen

The Status Messages screen displays the 30 most recent status messages that the phone has generated.

You can access this screen at any time, even if the phone has not finished starting up. Table 10-2

describes the status messages that might appear. This table also includes actions you can take to address

errors.

To display the Status Messages screen, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Press Applications button .

Step 2 Select Administrator Settings.

Step 3 Select Status.

Step 4 Select Status Messages.

To remove current status messages, press the Clear List softkey.

To exit the Status Messages screen, press the Exit softkey.

Table 10-2 Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Message Description Possible Explanation and Action

CFG TFTP Size Error The configuration file is too

large for file system on the

phone.

Power cycle the phone.

Checksum Error Downloaded software file is

corrupted. Obtain a new copy of the phone firmware and place it in the

TFTPPath directory. You should only copy files into this

directory when the TFTP server software is shut down,

otherwise the files may be corrupted.

CTL and ITL installed The CTL and ITL files are

installed on the phone. None. This message is informational only. Neither the CTL file

nor the ITL file was installed previously.

For more information about the Trust List, refer to Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.

CTL Installed A certificate trust list (CTL)

file is installed in the phone. None. This message is informational only. The CTL file was

not installed previously.

For more information about the CTL file, refer to the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.

CTL update failed The phone could not update its

certificate trust list (CTL) file. Problem with the CTL file on the TFTP server.

For more information, refer to the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Security Guide.

10-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

DHCP timeout DHCP server did not respond. • Network is busy—The errors should resolve themselves

when the network load reduces.

• No network connectivity between the DHCP server and the

phone—Verify the network connections.

• DHCP server is down—Check configuration of DHCP

server.

• Errors persist—Consider assigning a static IP address. See

the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for details

on assigning a static IP address.

DNS timeout DNS server did not respond. • Network is busy—The errors should resolve themselves

when the network load reduces.

• No network connectivity between the DNS server and the

phone—Verify the network connections.

• DNS server is down—Check configuration of DNS server.

DNS unknown host DNS could not resolve the

name of the TFTP server or

Cisco Unified

Communications Manager.

• Verify that the host names of the TFTP server or Cisco

Unified Communications Manager are configured properly

in DNS.

• Consider using IP addresses rather than host names.

Duplicate IP Another device is using the IP

address assigned to the phone.

• If the phone has a static IP address, verify that you have not

assigned a duplicate IP address. See the “Ethernet Setup

Menu” section on page 7-4 section for details.

• If you are using DHCP, check the DHCP server

configuration.

Erasing CTL and ITL files Erasing CTL or ITL file. None. This message is informational only.

For more information about the CTL and ITL files, refer to

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.

Error update locale One or more localization files

could not be found in the

TFTPPath directory or were

not valid. The locale was not

changed.

From Cisco Unified Operating System Administration, check

that the following files are located within subdirectories in the

TFTP File Management:

• Located in subdirectory with same name as network locale:

–

tones.xml

• Located in subdirectory with same name as user locale:

–

glyphs.xml

–

dictionary.xml

–

kate.xml

Table 10-2 Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Message Description Possible Explanation and Action

10-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

File not found <Cfg File> The name-based and default

configuration file was not

found on the TFTP Server.

The configuration file for a phone is created when the phone is

added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database.

If the phone has not been added to the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager database, the TFTP server generates

a CFG File Not Found response.

• Phone is not registered with Cisco Unified

Communications Manager.

You must manually add the phone to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager if you are not allowing phones

to auto-register. See the “Adding Phones with Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Administration”

section on page 2-12 for details.

• If you are using DHCP, verify that the DHCP server is

pointing to the correct TFTP server.

• If you are using static IP addresses, check configuration of

the TFTP server. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on

page 7-4 for details on assigning a TFTP server.

File Not Found

<CTLFile.tlv> This message displays on the

phone when the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager

cluster is not in secure mode.

No impact; the phone can still register to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager.

IP address released The phone has been configured

to release its IP address. The phone remains idle until it is power cycled or you reset the

DHCP address. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on

page 7-4 for details.

ITL installed The ITL file is installed in the

phone. None. This message is informational only. The ITL file was not

installed previously.

For more information about the ITL file, refer to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Security Guide.

Load rejected HC The application that was

downloaded is not compatible

with the phone’s hardware.

Occurs if you were attempting to install a version of software

on this phone that did not support hardware changes on this

newer phone.

Check the load ID assigned to the phone (from Cisco Unified

Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone). Re-enter

the load displayed on the phone.

No default router DHCP or static configuration

did not specify a default router.

• If the phone has a static IP address, verify that the default

router has been configured. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu”

section on page 7-4 section for details.

• If you are using DHCP, the DHCP server has not provided

a default router. Check the DHCP server configuration.

No DNS server IP A name was specified but

DHCP or static IP

configuration did not specify a

DNS server address.

• If the phone has a static IP address, verify that the DNS

server has been configured. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu”

section on page 7-4 section for details.

• If you are using DHCP, the DHCP server has not provided

a DNS server. Check the DHCP server configuration.

Table 10-2 Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Message Description Possible Explanation and Action

10-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

No Trust List installed The CTL file or the ITL file is

not installed on the phone. The Trust List is not configured on the Cisco Unified CM,

which does not support security by default.

For more information about the Trust List, refer to Cisco

Unified CM Security Guide.

Restart requested by

Cisco Unified

Communications

Manager

The phone is restarting based

on a request from Cisco

Unified Communications

Manager.

Configuration changes have likely been made to the phone in

Cisco Unified Communications Manager, and Apply has been

pressed so that the changes take effect.

TFTP access error TFTP server is pointing to a

directory that does not exist.

• If you are using DHCP, verify that the DHCP server is

pointing to the correct TFTP server.

• If you are using static IP addresses, check configuration of

TFTP server. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on

page 7-4 for details on assigning a TFTP server.

TFTP error The phone does not recognize

an error code provided by the

TFTP server.

Contact Cisco TAC.

TFTP timeout TFTP server did not respond. • Network is busy—The errors should resolve themselves

when the network load reduces.

• No network connectivity between the TFTP server and the

phone—Verify the network connections.

• TFTP server is down—Check configuration of TFTP

server.

Timed Out Supplicant attempted 802.1X

transaction but timed out to

due the absence of an

authenticator.

Authentication typically times out if 802.1X is not configured

on the switch.

Table 10-2 Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Message Description Possible Explanation and Action

10-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Ethernet Statistics Screen

The Ethernet Statistics screen displays information about the phone and network performance.

Table 10-3 describes the information that appears in this screen.

To display the Ethernet Statistics screen, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Administrator Settings.

Step 3 Select Status.

Trust List update failed Updating CTL and ITL files

failed. Phone has CTL and ITL files installed and it failed to update

the new CTL and ITL files.

Possible reasons for failure:

• Network failure.

• TFTP server was down.

• The new security token used to sign CTL file and the TFTP

certificate used to sign ITL file are introduced, but are not

available in the current CTL and ITL files in the phone.

• Internal phone failure.

Possible solutions:

• Check the network connectivity.

• Check if the TFTP server is active and functioning

normally.

• If the Transactional Vsam Services (TVS) server is

supported on Cisco Unified CM, check if the TVS server is

active and functioning normally.

• Verify if the security token and the TFTP server are valid.

Manually delete the CTL and ITL files if all the above solutions

fail, and reset the phone.

Trust List updated The CTL file, the ITL file, or

both files are updated. None. This message is informational only.

For more information about the Trust List, refer to Cisco

Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.

Version error The name of the phone load

file is incorrect. Make sure that the phone load file has the correct name.

XmlDefault.cnf.xml, or

.cnf.xml corresponding to

the phone device name

Name of the configuration file. None. This is an informational message indicating the name of

the configuration file for the phone.

Table 10-2 Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Message Description Possible Explanation and Action

10-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Step 4 Select Status > Ethernet Statistics.

To reset the Rx Frames, Tx Frames, and Rx Broadcasts statistics to 0, press the Clear List softkey.

To exit the Ethernet Statistics screen, press the Exit softkey.

Table 10-3 Ethernet Statistics Message Information for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Item Description

Rx Frames Number of packets received by the phone

Tx Frames Number of packets sent by the phone

Rx Broadcasts Number of broadcast packets received by the phone

Restart Cause—One of the

following values:

Initialized

TCP-timeout

CM-closed-TCP

TCP-Bad-ACK

CM-reset-TCP

CM-aborted-TCP

CM-NAKed

KeepaliveTO

Failback

Phone-Keypad

Phone-Re-IP

Reset-Reset

Reset-Restart

Phone-Reg-Rej

Load Rejected HC

CM-ICMP-Unreach

Phone-Abort

Cause of the last reset of the phone

Elapsed Time Amount of time that has elapsed since the phone last rebooted.

Port 1 Link state and connection of the Network port (for example, Auto

100 Mb Full-Duplex means that the Network port is in a link-up state

and has auto-negotiated a full-duplex, 100-Mbps connection)

10-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

WLAN Statistics Screen

The WLAN Statistics screen displays statistics about the wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.

Table 10-4 describes the information that appears in this screen.

To display the WLAN Statistics screen, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Press the Applications button .

Step 2 Select Administrator Settings.

Step 3 Select Status.

Step 4 Select WLAN Statistics.

To reset the WLAN statistics to 0, press the Clear List softkey.

To exit the WLAN Statistics screen, press the Exit softkey.

Port 2 Link state and connection of the PC port

IPv4 Information on the DHCP status. This includes the following states:

CDP BOUND

CDP INIT

DHCP BOUND

DHCP DISABLED

DHCP INIT

DHCP INVALID

DHCP REBINDING

DHCP REBOOT

DHCP RENEWING

DHCP REQUESTING

DHCP RESYNC

DHCP UNRECOGNIZED

DHCP WAITING COLDBOOT TIMEOUT

SET DHCP COLDBOOT

SET DHCP DISABLED

DISABLED DUPLICATE IP

SET DHCP FAST

Table 10-3 Ethernet Statistics Message Information for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)

Item Description

10-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Table 10-4 WLAN Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Item Description

Transmit Frames Number of packets transmitted by the phone.

Directed Frames Received Number of directed packets received by the phone.

Multicast Frames Received Number of multicast packets received by the phone.

Broadcast Frames Received Number of broadcast packets received by the phone.

Receive Errors Number of packets with errors received by the phone.

Receive No Buffers The radio was unable to receive a packet, but had no buffers.

Frame Checksum (FCS)

Errors Increments when an FCS error is detected in a received MPDU.

Duplicate Frames Number of duplicate packets received by the phone.

Fragments Received Number of fragmented packets received by the phone.

Beacons Received Number of beacons received by the phone.

Association Rejected Number of AP association rejections received by the phone.

Association Timeouts Number of AP association timeouts received by the phone.

Authentication Rejects Number of authentication rejects received by the phone.

Authentication Timeouts Number of authentication timeouts received by the phone.

QOS Null Frames Number of QOS null packets received by the phone.

The following WLAN Statistics items display these AP queues: Background (BK), Best Effort (BE), Video (VI), and

Voice (VO

QOS Data Received Number of QOS packets received by the phone.

Transmit Ok Number of packets that the phone transmitted without error.

Transmit Errors Number of packets with errors that the phone transmitted.

Direct Frames Transmitted Number of direct packets transmitted by the phone.

Multicast Frames

Transmitted Number of multicast packets transmitted by the phone.

Broadcast Frames

Transmitted Number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone.

RTS Failed A corresponding CTS was not received.

ACK Failed AP did not acknowledge a transmission.

Retries Counter of total retries.

Multiple Retries Transmission of packet required two or more retries prior to success.

Retry Failures Transmission of packet failed.

Transmit Timeouts Transmission of packet failed due to queue time.

Success Counter Counter of successful transmissions.

Max Retry Failure Counter of successive transmission failures that caused a roaming

attempt.

10-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Call Statistics Screen

You can access the Call Statistics screen (see Table 10-5) on the phone to display counters, statistics, and

voice-quality metrics of the most recent call.

Note You can also remotely view the call statistics information by using a web browser to access the

Streaming Statistics web page. This web page contains additional RTCP statistics not available

on the phone. For more information about remote monitoring, see Chapter 11, “Monitoring the

Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely.”

A single call can have multiple voice streams, but data is captured for only the last voice stream. A voice

stream is a packet stream between two endpoints. If one endpoint is put on hold, the voice stream stops

even though the call is still connected. When the call resumes, a new voice packet stream begins, and

the new call data overwrites the former call data.

To display the Call Statistics screen for information about the latest voice stream, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Press the Applications button.

Step 2 Select Administrator Settings.

Step 3 Select Status.

Step 4 Select Call Statistics.

The Call Statistics screen displays these items:

Table 10-5 Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone

Item Description

Rcvr Codec Type of voice stream received (RTP streaming audio from codec):

G.729, G.722, G.711 u-law, G.711 A-law, and iLBC.

Sender Codec Type of voice stream transmitted (RTP streaming audio from codec):

G.729, G.722, G.711 u-law, G.711 A-law, and iLBC.

Rcvr Size Size of voice packets, in milliseconds, in the receiving voice stream

(RTP streaming audio).

Sender Size Size of voice packets, in milliseconds, in the transmitting voice stream.

Rcvr Packets Number of RTP voice packets received since voice stream was opened.

Note This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP

voice packets received since the call began because the call

might have been placed on hold.

Sender Packets Number of RTP voice packets transmitted since voice stream was

opened.

Note This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP

voice packets transmitted since the call began because the call

might have been placed on hold.

10-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Avg Jitter Estimated average RTP packet jitter (dynamic delay that a packet

encounters when going through the network), in milliseconds, observed

since the receiving voice stream was opened.

Max Jitter Maximum jitter, in milliseconds, observed since the receiving voice

stream was opened.

Rcvr Discarded Number of RTP packets in the receiving voice stream that have been

discarded (bad packets, too late, and so on).

Note The phone will discard payload type 19 comfort noise packets

that are generated by Cisco Gateways, which will increment this

counter.

Rcvr Lost Packets Missing RTP packets (lost in transit).

Voice-Quality Metrics

MOS LQK Score that is an objective estimate of the mean opinion score (MOS) for

listening quality (LQK) that rates from 5 (excellent) to 1 (bad). This

score is based on audible concealment events due to frame loss in the

preceding eight-second interval of the voice stream. For more

information, see the “Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls” section on

page 12-16.

Note The MOS LQK score can vary based on the type of codec that

the Cisco Unified IP Phone uses.

Avg MOS LQK Average MOS LQK score observed for the entire voice stream.

Min MOS LQK Lowest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice stream.

Max MOS LQK Baseline or highest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice

stream.

These codecs provide the following maximum MOS LQK score under

normal conditions with no frame loss:

• G.711 gives 4.5

• G.729 A /AB gives 3.7

MOS LQK Version Version of the Cisco proprietary algorithm used to calculate MOS LQK

scores.

Cumulative Conceal Ratio Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech

frames received from start of the voice stream.

Interval Conceal Ratio Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding 3-second

interval of active speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a

longer interval might be required to accumulate 3 seconds of active

speech.

Max Conceal Ratio Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.

Conceal Secs Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the

start of the voice stream (includes severely concealed seconds).

Table 10-5 Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)

Item Description

10-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Video Statistics Screen

You can access the Video Statistics screen (see Table 10-5) on the phone to display counters, statistics

of the most recent call.

Note You can also remotely view the video statistics information by using a web browser to access

the Streaming Statistics web page. This web page contains additional RTCP statistics not

available on the phone. For more information about remote monitoring, see Chapter 11,

“Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely.”

A video stream is a frame stream between two endpoints. If one endpoint pauses the video streaming,

the video stream stops even though the call is still connected. When the video streaming resumes, a new

video frame stream begins, and the new video data overwrites the former video data.

To display the Video Statistics screen for information about the latest video stream, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Press the Applications button.

Step 2 Select Administrator Settings.

Step 3 Select Call Statistics.

Step 4 Select Video.

The Video Statistics screen displays these items (Table 10-6):

Severely Conceal Secs Number of seconds that have more than 5 percent concealment events

(lost frames) from the start of the voice stream.

Latency Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents

a running average of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP

receiver report blocks are received.

Table 10-5 Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)

Item Description

Table 10-6 Video Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone

Item Description

Rcvr Codec Type of video stream received (RTP streaming video from codec)

Sender Codec Type of video stream transmitted (RTP streaming video from codec)

Rcvr Packets Number of RTP video packets received since video stream was opened

Note This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP

video packets received since the call began because the call

might have been placed on hold.

10-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Sender Packets Number of RTP video packets transmitted since video stream was

opened.

Note This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP

video packets transmitted since the call began because the call

might have been placed on hold.

Avg Jitter Estimated average RTP packet jitter (dynamic delay that a packet

encounters when going through the network), in milliseconds, observed

since the receiving video stream was opened.

Max Jitter Maximum jitter, in milliseconds, observed since the receiving video

stream was opened.

Rcvr Discarded Number of RTP packets in the receiving video stream that have been

discarded (bad packets, too late, and so on)

Rcvr Lost Packets Missing RTP video packets (lost in transit)

Rcvr Size Size of video frames, in milliseconds, in the receiving video stream

(RTP streaming video).

Sender Size Size of video frames, in milliseconds, in the transmitting video stream.

Sender Frames Number of video frames transmitted by the camera/phone since the

video stream was opened.

Sender Partial Frames Number of P-frames sent by the camera, since the video stream was

opened.

Sender IFrames Number of I-frames sent by the camera, since the video stream was

opened.

Sender Frame Rate Rate at which video frames are transmitted. (Frames per second).

Sender Bandwidth Bandwidth of the video steam that is being transmitted, in kbps (kilo bits

per second).

Sender Resolution Resolution of the video stream transmitted by the camera.

VGA(640x480), CIF (352x288), QCIF (176x144)

Rcvr Frames Number of video frames received by the phone since the video stream

was opened.

Rcvr Partial Frames Number of P-frames received by the phone, since the video stream was

opened.

Rcvr IFrames Number of I-frames received by the phone, since the video stream was

opened.

Rcvr IFrames Req Number of times IDR requests sent by the phone to the remote end

point, since the video stream was opened.

Rcvr Frame Rate Rate at which video frames are received. (Frames per second).

Rcvr Frame Errors Number of errors reported by video decoder, since the video stream was

opened.

Rcvr Bandwidth Bandwidth of the video steam that is being received, in kbps (kilo bits

per second).

Table 10-6 Video Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)

Item Description

10-15

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

Current Access Point Screen

The Current Access Point screen displays statistics about the current access point on the wireless Cisco

Unified IP Phone 9971. Table 10-7 describes the information that appears in this screen.

To display the Current Access Point screen, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Press the Applications button.

Step 2 Select Administrator Settings.

Step 3 Select Status.

Step 4 Select Current Access Point.

To exit the Current Access Point screen, press the Exit softkey.

Rcvr Resolution Resolution of the video stream received by the phone from the remote

end point. VGA(640x480), CIF (352x288), QCIF (176x144), etc.

Sender Start Time Timestamp indicating when the first RTP packet is sent to the network.

Rcvr Start Time Timestamp indicating when the first RTP packet is received from the

network.

Latency Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents

a running average of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP

receiver report blocks are received.

Table 10-6 Video Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)

Item Description

Table 10-7 Current Access Point on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971

Item Description

AP Name Name of the AP if it is CCX-compliant; otherwise the MAC address is

displayed here.

MAC Address MAC address of the AP.

Frequency The latest frequency where this AP was observed.

Last RSSI The latest RSSI in which this AP was observed.

Beacon Interval Number of time units between beacons. A time unit is 1.024 ms.

Capability This field contains a number of subfields that are used to indicate requested or

advertised optional capabilities.

Basic Rates Data rates required by the AP at which the station must be capable of operating.

Optional Rates Data rates supported by the AP that are optional for the station to operate at.

Current Channel The latest channel where this AP was observed.

10-16

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 10 Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Status Menu

dtime Period Every nth beacon is a dtime period. After each DTIM beacon, the AP would

send any broadcast or multicast packets that may have been queued for

power-save devices.

Country Code A two-digit country code. Country information might not be displayed if the

country information element (IE) is not present in the beacon.

Channels A list of supported channels (from the country IE).

Power Constraint The amount of power by which the maximum transmit power should be

reduced from the regulatory domain’s limit.

Power Limit Maximum transmit power in dBm permitted for that channel.

Channel Utilization The percentage of time, normalized to 255, in which the AP sensed the medium

was busy, as indicated by the physical or virtual carrier sense (CS) mechanism.

Station Count Data rates required by the AP at which the station must be capable of operating.

Admission Capacity An unsigned integer that specifies the remaining amount of medium time

available through explicit admission control, in units of 32 µs/s.

If the value is 0, the AP does not support this information element and the

capacity is unknown.

WMM Supported Support for Wi-Fi multi-media extensions.

UAPSD Supported Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery is supported by the AP. May

only be available if WMM is supported. This feature is critical to talk time and

achieving maximum call density on the wireless IP phone.

Proxy ARP CCX compliant AP supports responding to IP ARP requests on behalf of the

associated station. This feature is critical to standby time on the wireless IP

phone.

CCX Version Version of CCX if the AP is CCX compliant.

Table 10-7 Current Access Point on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 (continued)

Item Description

CHAPTER

11-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Each Cisco Unified IP Phone has a web page from which you can view a variety of information about

the phone, including:

• Device information

• Network setup information

• Network statistics

• Device logs

• Streaming statistics

This chapter describes the information that you can obtain from the phone’s web page. You can use this

information to remotely monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with troubleshooting.

You can also obtain much of this information directly from a phone. For more information, see

Chapter 10, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”

For more information about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone, Chapter 12, “Troubleshooting

and Maintenance.”

This chapter includes these topics:

• Accessing the Web Page for a Phone, page 11-2

• Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access, page 11-3

• Device Information, page 11-4

• Network Setup, page 11-5

• Network Statistics, page 11-8

• Device Logs, page 11-11

• Streaming Statistics, page 11-11

11-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Accessing the Web Page for a Phone

To access the web page for a Cisco Unified IP Phone, perform these steps.

Note If you cannot access the web page, it may be disabled (it is disabled by default). See the “Enabling and

Disabling Web Page Access” section on page 11-3 for more information.

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the IP address of the Cisco Unified IP Phone using one of these methods:

• Search for the phone in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration by choosing

Device > Phone. Phones registered with Cisco Unified Communications Manager display the IP

address on the Find and List Phones window and at the top of the Phone Configuration window.

• On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button, choose Administrator Settings >

Network Setup >Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup, and then scroll to the IP Address option.

Step 2 Open a web browser and enter the following URL, where IP_address is the IP address of the Cisco

Unified IP Phone:

http://<IP_address> or https://<IP_address> (depending on the protocol supported by the Cisco

Unified IP Phone)

The web page for a Cisco Unified IP Phone includes these topics:

• Device Information—Displays device settings and related information for the phone. For more

information, see the “Device Information” section on page 11-4.

• Network Setup—Displays network setup information and information about other phone settings.

For more information, see the “Network Setup” section on page 11-5.

• Network Statistics—Includes the following hyperlinks, which provide information about network

traffic:

–

Ethernet Information—Displays information about Ethernet traffic. For more information,

see the “Network Statistics” section on page 11-8.

–

Access—Displays information about network traffic to and from the PC port on the phone. For

more information, see the “Network Statistics” section on page 11-8.

–

Network—Displays information about network traffic to and from the network port on the

phone. For more information, see the “Network Statistics” section on page 11-8.

• Device Logs—Includes the following hyperlinks, which provide information that you can use for

troubleshooting:

–

Console Logs—Includes hyperlinks to individual log files. For more information, see the

“Device Logs” section on page 11-11.

–

Core Dumps—Includes hyperlinks to individual dump files. For more information, see the

“Device Logs” section on page 11-11.

11-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access

–

Status Messages—Displays up to the 10 most recent status messages that the phone has

generated since it was last powered up. For more information, see the “Device Logs” section on

page 11-11.

–

Debug Display—Displays debug messages that might be useful to Cisco TAC if you require

assistance with troubleshooting. For more information, see the “Device Logs” section on

page 11-11.

• Streaming Statistics—Includes the Audio and Video statistics, Stream 1, Stream 2, Stream 3,

Stream 4, Stream 5 and Stream 6 hyperlinks, which display a variety of streaming statistics. For

more information, see the “Streaming Statistics” section on page 11-11.

Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access

For security purposes, access to the web pages for a phone is disabled by default. This prevents access

to the web pages that are described in this chapter and to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

User Options web pages.

To enable access to the web pages for a phone, follow these steps from Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Device > Phone.

Step 2 Specify the criteria to find the phone and click Find, or click Find to display a list of all phones.

Step 3 Click the device name to open the Phone Configuration window for the device.

Step 4 Scroll down to the Product Specific Configuration section. From the Web Access drop-down list, choose

Enabled.

Step 5 Click Apply Config.

Note Some features, such as Cisco Quality Report Tool, do not function properly without access to

the phone web pages. Disabling web access also affects any serviceability application that relies

on web access, such as CiscoWorks.

To disable web page access if it has been enabled, see the preceding steps about enabling access. Follow

the same steps, but choose Disabled in Step 4 to disable the web page.

Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone to use HTTP/HTTPS Protocols

The Cisco Unified IP Phone can be configured to use:

• HTTPS protocol only

• HTTP or HTTPS protocols

If your Cisco Unified IP Phone is configured to use the HTTP or HTTPS protocols (the second case

above), use http://<IP_address> or https://<IP_address> for the phone’s web access.

11-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Device Information

The Device Information area on a phone’s web page displays device settings and related information for

the phone. Table 11-1 describes these items.

Note Some of the items in Table 11-1 do not apply to all phone models.

To display the Device Information area, access the web page for the phone as described in the

“Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click the Device Information

hyperlink.

Table 11-1 Device Information Area Items

Item Description

MAC Address Media Access Control (MAC) address of the phone

Host Name Unique, fixed name that is automatically assigned to the phone based on its MAC address

Phone DN Directory number assigned to the phone

Version Identifier of the firmware running on the phone

Key Expansion Module 1 Identifier for the first KEM, if applicable.

Key Expansion Module 2 Identifier for the second KEM, if applicable.

Key Expansion Module 3 Identifier for the third KEM, if applicable.

Hardware Revision Revision value of the phone hardware

Serial Number Unique serial number of the phone

Model Number Model number of the phone

Message Waiting Indicates if there is a voice message waiting on the primary line for this phone.

UDI Displays the following Cisco Unique Device Identifier (UDI) information about the phone:

• Device Type—Indicates hardware type. For example, phone displays for all phone

models

• Device Description—Displays the name of the phone associated with the indicated

model type

• Product Identifier—Specifies the phone model

• Serial Number—Displays the unique serial number of the phone.

Key Expansion Module UDI Cisco Unique Device Identifier (UDI) of the KEM.

Time Time obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications Manager to

which the phone belongs

Time Zone Time zone obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications Manager

to which the phone belongs

Date Date obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications Manager to

which the phone belongs

11-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Network Setup

The Network Setup area on a phone’s web page displays network setup information and information

about other phone settings. Table 11-2 describes these items.

You can view and set many of these items from the Network Setup menu on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

For more information, see Chapter 7, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”

To display the Network Setup area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing

the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click the Network Setup hyperlink.

Table 11-2 Network Setup Items

Item Description

DHCP Server IP address of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server from which the phone

obtains its IP address.

BOOTP Server Indicates whether the phone obtains its configuration from a Bootstrap Protocol (BootP) server.

MAC Address Media Access Control (MAC) address of the phone.

Host Name Host name that the DHCP server assigned to the phone.

Domain Name Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in which the phone resides.

IP Address Internet Protocol (IP) address of the phone.

Subnet Mask Subnet mask used by the phone.

TFTP Server 1 Primary Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used by the phone.

TFTP Server 2 Backup Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used by the phone.

Default Router 1 Default router used by the phone.

DNS Server 1–3 Primary Domain Name System (DNS) server (DNS Server 1) and optional backup DNS servers

(DNS Server 2–3) used by the phone.

Operational VLAN ID Auxiliary Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) configured on a Cisco Catalyst switch in which

the phone is a member.

Admin. VLAN ID Auxiliary VLAN in which the phone is a member.

11-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Network Setup

CUCM Server 1–5 Host names or IP addresses, in prioritized order, of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

servers with which the phone can register. An item can also show the IP address of an SRST router

that is capable of providing limited Cisco Unified Communications Manager functionality, if such

a router is available.

For an available server, an item will show the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server IP

address and one of the following states:

• Active—Cisco Unified Communications Manager server from which the phone is currently

receiving call-processing services.

• Standby—Cisco Unified Communications Manager server to which the phone switches if the

current server becomes unavailable.

• Blank—No current connection to this Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.

An item may also include the Survivable Remote Site Telephony (SRST) designation, which

identifies an SRST router capable of providing Cisco Unified Communications Manager

functionality with a limited feature set. This router assumes control of call processing if all other

Cisco Unified Communications Manager servers become unreachable. The SRST Cisco Unified

Communications Manager always appears last in the list of servers, even if it is active. You

configure the SRST router address in the Device Pool section in Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Configuration window.

Information URL URL of the help text that appears on the phone.

Directories URL URL of the server from which the phone obtains directory information.

Messages URL URL of the server from which the phone obtains message services.

Services URL URL of the server from which the phone obtains Cisco Unified IP Phone services.

DHCP Enabled Indicates whether DHCP is being used by the phone.

DHCP Address

Released Indicates the setting of the DHCP Address Released option on the phone’s Network Configuration

menu.

Alternate TFTP Indicates whether the phone is using an alternative TFTP server.

Idle URL URL that the phone displays when the phone has not been used for the time specified by Idle URL

Time, and no menu is open.

Idle URL Time Number of seconds that the phone has not been used and no menu is open before the XML service

specified by Idle URL is activated.

Proxy Server URL URL of proxy server, which makes HTTP requests to non-local host addresses on behalf of the

phone HTTP client and provides responses from the non-local host to the phone HTTP client.

Authentication URL URL that the phone uses to validate requests made to the phone web server.

Table 11-2 Network Setup Items (continued)

Item Description

11-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Network Setup

SW Port Setup Speed and duplex of the switch port, where:

• A—Auto Negotiate

• 10H—10-BaseT/half duplex

• 10F—10-BaseT/full duplex

• 100H—100-BaseT/half duplex

• 100F—100-BaseT/full duplex

• 1000F—1000-BaseT/full duplex

• No Link—No connection to the switch port

PC Port Setup Speed and duplex of the switch port, where:

• A—Auto Negotiate

• 10H—10-BaseT/half duplex

• 10F—10-BaseT/full duplex

• 100H—100-BaseT/half duplex

• 100F—100-BaseT/full duplex

• 1000F—1000-BaseT/full duplex

• No Link—No connection to the PC port

TFTP Server 2 Backup TFTP server that the phone uses if the primary TFTP server is unavailable.

User Locale User locale associated with the phone user. Identifies a set of detailed information to support

users, including language, font, date and time formatting, and alphanumeric keyboard text

information.

Network Locale Network locale associated with the phone user. Identifies a set of detailed information to support

the phone in a specific location, including definitions of the tones and cadences used by the phone.

Headset Enabled Indicates whether the Headset button is enabled on the phone.

User Locale Version Version of the user locale loaded on the phone.

Network Locale Version Version of the network locale loaded on the phone.

PC Port Disabled Indicates whether the PC port on the phone is enabled or disabled.

Speaker Enabled Indicates whether the speakerphone is enabled on the phone.

GARP Enabled Indicates whether the phone learns MAC addresses from Gratuitous ARP responses.

Video Capability

Enabled Indicates whether the phone can participate in video calls when connected to an appropriately

equipped camera.

Voice VLAN Enabled Indicates whether the phone allows a device attached to the PC port to access the Voice VLAN.

DSCP for Call Control DSCP IP classification for call control signaling.

DSCP for Configuration DSCP IP classification for any phone configuration transfer.

DSCP for Services DSCP IP classification for phone-based services.

Security Mode Displays the security mode that is set for the phone.

Web Access Enabled Indicates whether web access is enabled (Yes) or disabled (No) for the phone.

Table 11-2 Network Setup Items (continued)

Item Description

11-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Network Statistics

The following network statistics hyperlinks on a phone’s web page provide information about network

traffic on the phone. To display a network statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described

in the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2.

• Ethernet Information—Displays information about Ethernet traffic. Table 11-3 describes the items

in this area.

• Access area—Displays information about network traffic to and from the PC port on the phone.

Table 11-4 describes the items in this area.

• Network area—Displays information about network traffic to and from the network port on the

phone. Table 11-4 describes the items in this area.

Span to PC Port Indicates whether the phone will forward packets transmitted and received on the network port to

the access port.

PC VLAN VLAN used to identify and remove 802.1P/Q tags from packets sent to the PC.

CDP on PC Port Indicates whether CDP is supported on the PC port (default is enabled).

When CDP is disabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a warning is displayed,

indicating that disabling CDP on the PC port prevents CVTA from working.

The current PC and switch port CDP values are shown on the Settings menu.

CDP on SW Port Indicates whether CDP is supported on the switch port (default is enabled).

Enable CDP on the switch port for VLAN assignment for the phone, power negotiation, QoS

management, and 802.1x security.

Enable CDP on the switch port when the phone is connected to a Cisco switch.

When CDP is disabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a warning is presented,

indicating that CDP should be disabled on the switch port only if the phone is connected to a

non-Cisco switch.

The current PC and switch port CDP values are shown on the Settings menu.

LLDP-MED: SW Port Indicates whether Link Layer Discovery Protocol Media Endpoint Discovery (LLDP-MED) is

enabled on the switch port.

LLDP: PC Port Indicates whether Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is enabled on the PC port.

LLDP Power Priority Advertises the phone's power priority to the switch, enabling the switch to appropriately provide

power to the phones. Settings include:

• Unknown—Default

• Low

• High

• Critical

LLDP Asset ID Identifies the asset ID assigned to the phone for inventory management

Table 11-2 Network Setup Items (continued)

Item Description

11-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Network Statistics

To display a network statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing

the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click the Ethernet Information, the Access,

or the Network hyperlink.

Table 11-3 Ethernet Information Items

Item Description

Tx Frames Total number of packets transmitted by the phone

Tx broadcast Total number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone

Tx multicast Total number of multicast packets transmitted by the phone

Tx unicast Total number of unicast packets transmitted by the phone

Rx Frames Total number of packets received by the phone

Rx broadcast Total number of broadcast packets received by the phone

Rx multicast Total number of multicast packets received by the phone

Rx unicast Total number of unicast packets received by the phone

Rx PacketNoDes Total number of shed packets caused by no Direct Memory Access (DMA)

descriptor

Table 11-4 Access Area and Network Area Items

Item Description

Rx totalPkt Total number of packets received by the phone

Rx crcErr Total number of packets received with CRC failed

Rx alignErr Total number of packets received between 64 and 1522 bytes in length

that have a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS)

Rx multicast Total number of multicast packets received by the phone

Rx broadcast Total number of broadcast packets received by the phone

Rx unicast Total number of unicast packets received by the phone

Rx shortErr Total number of FCS error packets or Align error packets received that

are less than 64 bytes in size

Rx shortGood Total number of good packets received that are less than 64 bytes size

Rx longGood Total number of good packets received that are greater than 1522 bytes

in size

Rx longErr Total number of FCS error packets or Align error packets received that

are greater than 1522 bytes in size

Rx size64 Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are

between 0 and 64 bytes in size

Rx size65to127 Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are

between 65 and 127 bytes in size

Rx size128to255 Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are

between 128 and 255 bytes in size

Rx size256to511 Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are

between 256 and 511 bytes in size

11-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Network Statistics

Rx size512to1023 Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are

between 512 and 1023 bytes in size

Rx size1024to1518 Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are

between 1024 and 1518 bytes in size

Rx tokenDrop Total number of packets dropped due to lack of resources (for

example, FIFO overflow)

Tx excessDefer Total number of packets delayed from transmitting due to medium

being busy

Tx lateCollision Number of times that collisions occurred later than 512 bit times after

the start of packet transmission

Tx totalGoodPkt Total number of good packets (multicast, broadcast, and unicast)

received by the phone

Tx Collisions Total number of collisions that occurred while a packet was being

transmitted

Tx excessLength Total number of packets not transmitted because the packet

experienced 16 transmission attempts

Tx broadcast Total number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone

Tx multicast Total number of multicast packets transmitted by the phone

LLDP FramesOutTotal Total number of LLDP frames sent out from the phone

LLDP AgeoutsTotal Total number of LLDP frames that have been time out in cache

LLDP FramesDiscardedTotal Total number of LLDP frames that are discarded when any of the

mandatory TLVs is missing or out of order or contains out of range

string length

LLDP FramesInErrorsTotal Total number of LLDP frames that received with one or more

detectable errors

LLDP FramesInTotal Total number of LLDP frames received on the phone.

LLDP TLVDiscardedTotal Total number of LLDP TLVs that are discarded

LLDP

TLVUnrecognizedTotal Total number of LLDP TLVs that are not recognized on the phone

CDP Neighbor Device ID Identifier of a device connected to this port discovered by CDP

protocol

CDP Neighbor IP Address IP address of the neighbor device discovered by CDP protocol

CDP Neighbor Port Neighbor device port to which the phone is connected discovered by

CDP protocol

LLDP Neighbor Device ID Identifier of a device connected to this port discovered by LLDP

protocol

LLDP Neighbor IP Address IP address of the neighbor device discovered by LLDP protocol

LLDP Neighbor Port Neighbor device port to which the phone is connected discovered by

LLDP protocol

Port Information Speed and duplex information

Table 11-4 Access Area and Network Area Items (continued)

Item Description

11-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Device Logs

The following device logs hyperlinks on a phone’s web page provide information you can use to help

monitor and troubleshoot the phone. To access a device log area, access the web page for the phone as

described in the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2.

• Console Logs—Includes hyperlinks to individual log files. The console log files include debug and

error messages received on the phone.

• Core Dumps—Includes hyperlinks to individual dump files. The core dump files include data from

a phone crash.

• Status Messages—Displays up to the 10 most recent status messages that the phone has generated

since it was last powered up. You can also see this information from the Status Messages screen on

the phone. Table 10-2 describes the status messages that can appear.

• Debug Display—Displays debug messages that might be useful to Cisco TAC if you require

assistance with troubleshooting.

Streaming Statistics

A Cisco Unified IP Phone can stream information to and from up to three devices simultaneously. A

phone streams information when it is on a a call or running a service that sends or receives audio or data.

The streaming statistics areas on a phone’s web page provide information about the streams.

To display a Streaming Statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing

the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click a Stream hyperlink.

Table 11-5 describes the items in the Streaming Statistics areas.

Table 11-5 Streaming Statistics Area Items

Item Description

Remote Address IP address and UDP port of the destination of the stream.

Local Address IP address and UPD port of the phone.

Start Time Internal time stamp indicating when Cisco Unified Communications Manager requested

that the phone start transmitting packets.

Stream Status Indication of whether streaming is active or not.

Host Name Unique, fixed name that is automatically assigned to the phone based on its MAC address.

Sender Packets Total number of RTP data packets transmitted by the phone since starting this connection.

The value is 0 if the connection is set to receive only mode.

Sender Octets Total number of payload octets transmitted in RTP data packets by the phone since starting

this connection. The value is 0 if the connection is set to receive only mode.

Sender Codec Type of audio encoding used for the transmitted stream.

Sender Reports Sent1Number of times the RTCP Sender Report have been sent.

Sender Report Time Sent1Internal time stamp indication when the last RTCP Sender Report was sent.

Rcvr Lost Packets Total number of RTP data packets that have been lost since starting receiving data on this

connection. Defined as the number of expected packets less the number of packets actually

received, where the number of received packets includes any that are late or duplicate. The

value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.

11-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Streaming Statistics

Avg Jitter Estimate of mean deviation of the RTP data packet inter-arrival time, measured in

milliseconds. The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.

Rcvr Codec Type of audio encoding used for the received stream.

Rcvr Reports Sent1Number of times the RTCP Receiver Reports have been sent.

Rcvr Report Time Sent1Internal time stamp indication when a RTCP Receiver Report was sent.

Rcvr Packets Total number of RTP data packets received by the phone since starting receiving data on

this connection. Includes packets received from different sources if this is a multicast call.

The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.

Rcvr Octets Total number of payload octets received in RTP data packets by the device since starting

reception on the connection. Includes packets received from different sources if this is a

multicast call. The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.

Cumulative Conceal Ratio Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech frames received

from start of the voice stream.

Interval Conceal Ratio Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding 3-second interval of active

speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a longer interval might be required to

accumulate three seconds of active speech.

Max Conceal Ratio Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.

MOS LQK Score that is an objective estimate of the mean opinion score (MOS) for listening quality

(LQK) that rates from 5 (excellent) to 1 (bad). This score is based on audible concealment

events due to frame loss in the preceding eight-second interval of the voice stream. For

more information, see the “Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls” section on page 12-16.

Note The MOS LQK score can vary based on the type of codec that the Cisco Unified

IP Phone uses.

Avg MOS LQK Average MOS LQK score observed for the entire voice stream.

Min MOS LQK Lowest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice stream.

Max MOS LQK Baseline or highest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice stream.

These codecs provide the following maximum MOS LQK score under normal conditions

with no frame loss:

• G.711 gives 4.5

• G.729 A /AB gives 3.7

MOS LQK Version Version of the Cisco proprietary algorithm used to calculate MOS LQK scores.

Conceal Secs Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the start of the voice

stream (includes severely concealed seconds).

Severely Conceal Secs Number of seconds that have more than five percent concealment events (lost frames)

from the start of the voice stream.

Latency1Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents a running average

of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP receiver report blocks are received.

Max Jitter Maximum value of instantaneous jitter, in milliseconds.

Sender Size RTP packet size, in milliseconds, for the transmitted stream.

Sender Reports Received1Number of times RTCP Sender Reports have been received.

Table 11-5 Streaming Statistics Area Items (continued)

Item Description

11-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Streaming Statistics

Related Topics

“Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” chapter

Sender Report Time

Received1Last time at which an RTCP Sender Report was received.

Rcvr Size RTP packet size, in milliseconds, for the received stream.

Rcvr Discarded RTP packets received from network but discarded from jitter buffers.

Rcvr Reports Received1Number of times RTCP Receiver Reports have been received.

Rcvr Report Time Received1Last time at which an RTCP Receiver Report was received.

Voice Quality Metrics

Cumulative Conceal Ratio Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech frames received

from start of the voice stream.

Interval Conceal Ratio Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding three-second interval of active

speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a longer interval might be required to

accumulate 3 seconds of active speech.

Max Conceal Ratio Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.

Conceal Secs Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the start of the voice

stream (includes severely concealed seconds).

Severely Conceal Secs Number of seconds that have more than five percent concealment events (lost frames)

from the start of the voice stream.

1. When the RTP Control Protocol is disabled, no data generates for this field and thus displays as 0.

Table 11-5 Streaming Statistics Area Items (continued)

Item Description

11-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 11 Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely

Streaming Statistics

CHAPTER

12-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Troubleshooting and Maintenance

This chapter provides information that can assist you in troubleshooting problems with your Cisco

Unified IP Phone or with your IP telephony network. It also explains how to clean and maintain your

phone.

If you need additional assistance to resolve an issue, see the “Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining

Support, and Security Guidelines” section on page xiii.

This chapter includes these topics:

• Resolving Startup Problems, page 12-1

• Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly, page 12-6

• Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security, page 12-9

• General Troubleshooting Tips, page 12-10

• Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 12-15

• Using the Quality Report Tool, page 12-16

• Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls, page 12-16

• Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information, page 12-17

• Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 12-17

Resolving Startup Problems

After installing a Cisco Unified IP Phone into your network and adding it to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager, the phone should start up as described in the “Verifying the Phone Startup

Process” section on page 3-21. If the phone does not start up properly, see the following sections for

troubleshooting information:

• Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup Process, page 12-2

• Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified Communications

Manager, page 12-2

• Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address, page 12-6

12-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Resolving Startup Problems

Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup

Process

When you connect a Cisco Unified IP Phone into the network port, the phone should go through its

normal startup process as described in “Verifying the Phone Startup Process” section on page 3-21 and

the phone screen should display information. If the phone does not go through the startup process, the

cause may be faulty cables, bad connections, network outages, lack of power, and so on. Or, the phone

may not be functional.

To determine whether the phone is functional, follow these suggestions to systematically eliminate these

other potential problems:

1. Verify that the network port is functional:

–

Exchange the Ethernet cables with cables that you know are functional.

–

Disconnect a functioning Cisco Unified IP Phone from another port and connect it to this

network port to verify the port is active.

–

Connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone that will not start up to a different network port that is

known to be good.

–

Connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone that will not start up directly to the port on the switch,

eliminating the patch panel connection in the office.

2. Verify that the phone is receiving power:

–

If you are using external power, verify that the electrical outlet is functional.

–

If you are using in-line power, use the external power supply instead.

–

If you are using the external power supply, switch with a unit that you know to be functional.

3. If the phone still does not start up properly, power up the phone with the handset off-hook. When

the phone is powered up in this way, it attempts to launch a backup software image.

4. If the phone still does not start up properly, perform a factory reset of the phone. For instructions,

see the “Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls” section on page 12-16.

If after attempting these solutions, the phone screen on the Cisco Unified IP Phone does not display any

characters after at least five minutes, contact a Cisco technical support representative for additional

assistance.

Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified

Communications Manager

If the phone proceeds past the first stage of the startup process (LED buttons flashing on and off) but

continues to cycle through the messages displaying on the phone screen, the phone is not starting up

properly. The phone cannot successfully start up unless it is connected to the Ethernet network and it has

registered with a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.

These sections can assist you in determining the reason the phone is unable to start up properly:

• Identifying Error Messages, page 12-3

• Checking Network Connectivity, page 12-3

• Verifying TFTP Server Settings, page 12-3

• Verifying IP Addressing and Routing, page 12-3

12-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Resolving Startup Problems

• Verifying DNS Settings, page 12-4

• Cisco CallManager and TFTP Services Are Not Running, page 12-4

• Creating a New Configuration File, page 12-5

• Checking Network Connectivity, page 12-3

In addition, problems with security may prevent the phone from starting up properly. See the “General

Troubleshooting Tips” section on page 12-10 for more information.

Identifying Error Messages

As the phone cycles through the startup process, you can access status messages that might provide you

with information about the cause of a problem. See the “Status Messages Screen” section on page 10-3

for instructions about accessing status messages and for a list of potential errors, their explanations, and

their solutions.

Checking Network Connectivity

If the network is down between the phone and the TFTP server or Cisco Unified Communications

Manager, the phone cannot start up properly. Ensure that the network is currently running.

Verifying TFTP Server Settings

You can determine the IP address of the TFTP server used by the phone by pressing the Applications

button, then selecting Administrator Settings > Network Setup > Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup >

TFTP Server 1.

If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you must manually enter a setting for the TFTP

Server 1 option. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4.

If you are using DHCP, the phone obtains the address for the TFTP server from the DHCP server. Check

the IP address configured in Option 150.

You can also enable the phone to use an alternate TFTP server. Such a setting is particularly useful if the

phone was recently moved from one location to another. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on

page 7-4 for instructions.

Verifying IP Addressing and Routing

You should verify the IP addressing and routing settings on the phone. If you are using DHCP, the DHCP

server should provide these values. If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you must enter

these values manually.

On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button, then select Administrator Settings >

Network Setup > Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup, and look at the following options:

• DHCP Server—If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you do not need to enter a value

for the DHCP Server option. However, if you are using a DHCP server, this option must have a

value. If it does not, check your IP routing and VLAN configuration. Refer to the Troubleshooting

Switch Port and Interface Problems document, available at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/customer/products/hw/switches/ps700/products_tech_note09186a00

8015bfd6.shtml

12-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Resolving Startup Problems

• IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Router—If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone,

you must manually enter settings for these options. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on

page 7-4 for instructions.

If you are using DHCP, check the IP addresses distributed by your DHCP server. Refer to the

Understanding and Troubleshooting DHCP in Catalyst Switch or Enterprise Networks document,

available at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk648/tk361/technologies_tech_note09186a00800f0804.shtml

Verifying DNS Settings

If you are using DNS to refer to the TFTP server or to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you

must ensure that you have specified a DNS server. Verify this setting by pressing the Applications

button, then selecting Administrator Settings > Network Setup > Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup >

DNS Server 1. You should also verify that there is a CNAME entry in the DNS server for the TFTP

server and for the Cisco Unified Communications Manager system.

You must also ensure that DNS is configured to do reverse look-ups.

Cisco CallManager and TFTP Services Are Not Running

If the Cisco CallManager or TFTP services are not running, phones may not be able to start up properly.

However, in such a situation, it is likely that you are experiencing a system-wide failure, and other

phones and devices are unable to start up properly.

If the Cisco CallManager service is not running, all devices on the network that rely on it to make phone

calls will be affected. If the TFTP service is not running, many devices will not be able to start up

successfully.

To start a service, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Cisco Unified Serviceability

from the Navigation drop-down list and click Go.

Step 2 Choose Tools > Control Center - Feature Services.

Step 3 Choose the primary Cisco Unified Communications Manager server from the Server drop-down list.

The window displays the service names for the server that you chose, the status of the services, and a

service control panel to start or stop a service.

Step 4 If a service has stopped, click its radio button and then click the Start button.

The Service Status symbol changes from a square to an arrow.

Note A service must be activated before it can be started or stopped. To activate a service, choose Tools >

Service Activation.

12-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Resolving Startup Problems

Creating a New Configuration File

If you continue to have problems with a particular phone that other suggestions in this chapter do not

resolve, the configuration file may be corrupted.

To create a new configuration file, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Find to locate the phone

experiencing problems.

Step 2 Choose Delete to remove the phone from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database.

Step 3 Add the phone back to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database. See the “Adding Phones

to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database” section on page 2-9 for details.

Step 4 Power cycle the phone.

Note • When you remove a phone from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, its

configuration file is deleted from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager TFTP server. The

phone’s directory number or numbers remain in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

database. They are called “unassigned DNs” and can be used for other devices. If unassigned DNs

are not used by other devices, delete them from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

database. You can use the Route Plan Report to view and delete unassigned reference numbers.

Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide for more information.

• Changing the buttons on a phone button template, or assigning a different phone button template to

a phone, may result in directory numbers that are no longer accessible from the phone. The directory

numbers are still assigned to the phone in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, but

there is no button on the phone with which calls can be answered. These directory numbers should

be removed from the phone and deleted if necessary.

Registering the Phone with Cisco Unified Communications Manager

A Cisco Unified IP Phone can register with a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server only if the

phone has been added to the server or if auto-registration is enabled. Review the information and

procedures in the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database” section on

page 2-9 to ensure that the phone has been added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

database.

To verify that the phone is in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, choose Device >

Phone > Find from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to search for the phone

based on its MAC Address. For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining

the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.

If the phone is already in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, its configuration file

may be damaged. See the “Creating a New Configuration File” section on page 12-5 for assistance.

12-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly

Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address

If a phone is unable to obtain an IP address when it starts up, the phone may be not be on the same

network or VLAN as the DHCP server, or the switch port to which the phone is connected may be

disabled. Make sure that the network or VLAN to which the phone is connected has access to the DHCP

server, and make sure that the switch port is enabled.

Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly

If users report that their phones are resetting during calls or while idle on their desk, you should

investigate the cause. If the network connection and Cisco Unified Communications Manager

connection are stable, a Cisco Unified IP Phone should not reset on its own.

Typically, a phone resets if it has problems connecting to the Ethernet network or to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager. These sections can help you identify the cause of a phone resetting in your

network:

• Verifying the Physical Connection, page 12-6

• Identifying Intermittent Network Outages, page 12-6

• Verifying DHCP Settings, page 12-7

• Checking Static IP Address Settings, page 12-7

• Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration, page 12-7

• Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset, page 12-7

• Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors, page 12-8

Verifying the Physical Connection

Verify that the Ethernet connection to which the Cisco Unified IP Phone is connected is up. For example,

check whether the particular port or switch to which the phone is connected is down and that the switch

is not rebooting. Also make sure that there are no cable breaks.

Identifying Intermittent Network Outages

Intermittent network outages affect data and voice traffic differently. Your network might have been

experiencing intermittent outages without detection. If so, data traffic can resend lost packets and verify

that packets are received and transmitted. However, voice traffic cannot recapture lost packets. Rather

than retransmitting a lost network connection, the phone resets and attempts to reconnect its network

connection.

If you are experiencing problems with the voice network, you should investigate whether an existing

problem is simply being exposed.

12-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly

Verifying DHCP Settings

The following suggestions can help you determine if the phone has been properly configured to use

DHCP:

1. Verify that you have properly configured the phone to use DHCP. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu”

section on page 7-4 for more information.

2. Verify that the DHCP server has been set up properly.

3. Verify the DHCP lease duration. Cisco recommends that you set it to 8 days.

Checking Static IP Address Settings

If the phone has been assigned a static IP address, verify that you have entered the correct settings. See

the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for more information.

Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration

If the Cisco Unified IP Phone appears to reset during heavy network usage (for example, following

extensive web surfing on a computer connected to the same switch as the phone), it is likely that you do

not have a voice VLAN configured.

Isolating the phones on a separate auxiliary VLAN increases the quality of the voice traffic. See the

“Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN” section on page 2-2 for

details.

Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset

If you are not the only administrator with access to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you should

verify that no one else has intentionally reset the phones.

You can check whether a Cisco Unified IP Phone received a command from Cisco Unified

Communications Manager to reset by pressing the Applications button on the phone and choosing

Administrator Settings > Status > Network Statistics. If the phone was recently reset, one of these

messages appears:

• Reset-Reset—Phone closed due to receiving a Reset/Reset from Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration.

• Reset-Restart—Phone closed due to receiving a Reset/Restart from Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration.

12-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly

Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors

If the phone continues to reset, follow these steps to eliminate DNS or other connectivity errors:

Procedure

Step 1 Use the Reset Settings menu to reset phone settings to their default values. See the “Resetting the Cisco

Unified IP Phone” section on page 12-15 for details.

Step 2 Modify DHCP and IP settings:

a. Disable DHCP. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for instructions.

b. Assign static IP values to the phone. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for

instructions. Use the same default router setting used for other functioning Cisco Unified IP Phones.

c. Assign a TFTP server. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for instructions. Use the

same TFTP server used for other functioning Cisco Unified IP Phones.

Step 3 On the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server, verify that the local host files have the correct

Cisco Unified Communications Manager server name mapped to the correct IP address.

Step 4 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose System > Server and verify that the server is

referred to by its IP address and not by its DNS name.

Step 5 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Find and verify that you have

assigned the correct MAC address to this Cisco Unified IP Phone. For information about determining a

MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on

page 2-13.

Step 6 Power cycle the phone.

Checking Power Connection

In most cases, a phone will restart if it powers up by using external power but loses that connection and

switches to PoE. Similarly, a phone may restart if it powers up by using PoE and then gets connected to

an external power supply.

12-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security

Table 12-1 provides troubleshooting information for the security features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

For information relating to the solutions for any of these issues, and for additional troubleshooting

information about security, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.

Table 12-1 Cisco Unified IP Phone Security Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause

CTL File Problems

Device authentication error. CTL file does not have a Cisco Unified Communications Manager

certificate or has an incorrect certificate.

Phone cannot authenticate CTL file. The security token that signed the updated CTL file does not exist

in the CTL file on the phone.

Phone cannot authenticate any of the configuration

files other than the CTL file. There is a bad TFTP record.

The configuration file may not be signed by the corresponding

certificate in the phone’s Trust List.

Phone cannot authenticate any of the configuration

files other than ITL file. The configuration file may not be signed by the corresponding

certificate in the phone’s Trust List.

Phone reports TFTP authorization failure. • The TFTP address for the phone does not exist in the CTL file.

• If you created a new CTL file with a new TFTP record, the

existing CTL file on the phone may not contain a record for the

new TFTP server.

Phone does not register with Cisco Unified

Communications Manager. The CTL file does not contain the correct information for the Cisco

Unified Communications Manager server.

Phone does not request signed configuration files. The CTL file does not contain any TFTP entries with certificates.

802.1X Enabled on Phone but Not Authenticating

Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP address. These errors typically indicate that 802.1X authentication is enabled

on the phone, but the phone is unable to authenticate.

1. Verify that you have properly configured the required

components (see the “Supporting 802.1X Authentication on

Cisco Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-22 for more

information).

2. Confirm that the shared secret is configured on the phone (see

the“802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status” section on

page 7-15 for more information).

–

If the shared secret is configured, verify that you have the

same shared secret entered on the authentication server.

–

If the shared secret is not configured, enter it, and ensure

that it matches the one on the authentication server.

Phone does not register with Cisco Unified

Communications Manager.

Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or

“Registering”.

802.1X Authentication Status displays as “Held” (see

the “802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status”

section on page 7-15 for more details).

Status menu displays 802.1X status as “Failed” (see

the “Status Menu” section on page 10-2 for more

details).

12-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

General Troubleshooting Tips

Table 12-2 provides general troubleshooting information for the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

802.1X Not Enabled

Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP address These errors typically indicate that 802.1X authentication is not

enabled on the phone. To enable it, see the “802.1X Authentication

and Transaction Status” section on page 7-15.

Phone does not register with Cisco Unified

Communications Manager

Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or

“Registering”

802.1X Authentication Status displays as “Disabled”

Status menu displays DHCP status as timing out

Factory Reset Deleted 802.1X Shared Secret

Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP address These errors typically indicate that the phone has completed a

factory reset (see the “Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone”

section on page 12-15) while 802.1X was enabled. A factory reset

deletes the shared secret, which is required for 802.1X

authentication and network access.

To resolve this, temporarily move the phone to a network

environment that is not using 802.1X authentication.

Once the phone starts up normally, you can access the 802.1X

configuration menus to enable device authentication and to re-enter

the shared secret (see the “802.1X Authentication and Transaction

Status” section on page 7-15).

Phone does not register with Cisco Unified

Communications Manager

Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or

“Registering”

Cannot access phone menus to verify 802.1X status

Table 12-1 Cisco Unified IP Phone Security Troubleshooting (continued)

Problem Possible Cause

Table 12-2 Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting

Summary Explanation

Connecting a Cisco Unified IP Phone to

another Cisco Unified IP Phone Cisco does not support connecting an IP phone to another IP phone through the

PC port. Each IP phone should directly connect to a switch port. If phones are

connected together in a line (by using the PC port), the phones will not work.

Poor quality with tandem audio encoding Tandem encoding can occur when making calls between an IP phone and a

digital cellular phone, when using a conference bridge, or in situations where IP

to IP calls are partially routed across the PSTN. In these cases, use of voice

codecs such as G.729 and iLBC may result in poor voice quality. Use these

codecs only when absolutely necessary.

Prolonged broadcast storms cause IP

phones to reset, or be unable to make or

answer a call

A prolonged Layer 2 broadcast storm (lasting several minutes) on the voice

VLAN may cause IP phones to reset, lose an active call, or be unable to initiate

or answer a call. Phones may not come up until a broadcast storm ends.

12-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

General Troubleshooting Tips

Moving a network connection from the

phone to a workstation If you are powering your phone through the network connection, you must be

careful if you decide to unplug the phone’s network connection and plug the

cable into a desktop computer.

Caution The computer’s network card cannot receive power through the

network connection; if power comes through the connection, the

network card can be destroyed. To protect a network card, wait 10

seconds or longer after unplugging the cable from the phone before

plugging it into a computer. This delay gives the switch enough time

to recognize that there is no longer a phone on the line and to stop

providing power to the cable.

Changing the telephone configuration By default, the network configuration options are locked to prevent users from

making changes that could impact their network connectivity. You must unlock

the network configuration options before you can configure them. See the

“Unlocking and Locking Options” section on page 7-3 for details.

Phone resetting The phone resets when it loses contact with the Cisco Unified Communications

Manager software. This lost connection can be due to any network connectivity

disruption, including cable breaks, switch outages, and switch reboots.

Phone display issues If the display appears to have rolling lines or a wavy pattern, it might be

interacting with certain types of older fluorescent lights in the building. Moving

the phone away from the lights, or replacing the lights, should resolve the

problem.

Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF)

delay When you are on a call that requires keypad input, if you press the keys too

quickly, some of them might not be recognized.

Codec mismatch between the phone and

another device The RxType and the TxType statistics show the codec that is being used for a

conversation between this Cisco Unified IP phone and the other device. The

values of these statistics should match. If they do not, verify that the other device

can handle the codec conversation, or that a transcoder is in place to handle the

service.

See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11 for information about

displaying these statistics.

Sound sample mismatch between the

phone and another device The RxSize and the TxSize statistics show the size of the voice packets that are

being used in a conversation between this Cisco Unified IP phone and the other

device. The values of these statistics should match.

See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11 for information about

displaying these statistics.

Gaps or delays in voice calls Check the AvgJtr and the MaxJtr statistics. A large variance between these

statistics might indicate a problem with jitter on the network or periodic high

rates of network activity.

See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11 for information about

displaying these statistics.

Table 12-2 Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)

Summary Explanation

12-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

General Troubleshooting Tips

Loopback condition A loopback condition can occur when the following conditions are met:

• The SW Port Configuration option in the Network Configuration menu on

the phone is set to 10 Half

(10-BaseT / half duplex)

• The phone receives power from an external power supply

• The phone is powered down (the power supply is disconnected)

In this case, the switch port on the phone can become disabled and the following

message will appear in the switch console log:

HALF_DUX_COLLISION_EXCEED_THRESHOLD

To resolve this problem, re-enable the port from the switch.

One-way audio When at least one person in a call does not receive audio, IP connectivity

between phones is not established. Check the configurations in routers and

switches to ensure that IP connectivity is properly configured.

Phone call cannot be established The phone does not have a DHCP IP address, is unable to register to Cisco

Unified Communications Manager, and shows a Configuring IP or Registering

message. Verify the following:

1. The Ethernet cable is attached.

2. The Cisco CallManager service is running on the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager server.

3. Both phones are registered to the same Cisco Unified Communications

Manager.

4. Audio server debug and capture logs are enabled for both phones. If needed,

enable Java debug.

Video transmitted by the camera is too

dark The lighting conditions within the camera’s field of view affect the brightness of

the video.

• Adjust the View Area for your camera. Try moving the location of the

camera and check if the brightness improves.

• Adjust the camera brightness setting. See “Adjusting the Brightness

Setting” section on page 5-3 for instructions on how to adjust the brightness.

Poor video quality/grainy video When the resolution of the received video is grainy, the user may perceive that

the video quality is poor. However, this will not cause video distortion or

artifacts.

• Check the Cisco Unified Communications Manager bandwidth settings

under Region settings.

• Check the Receiver Resolution in video statistics. This may be an issue if

the Cisco Unified CM bandwidth setting limits the resolution to less than

CIF(352x288). Try increasing the bandwidth to at least 275 kbps.

Table 12-2 Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)

Summary Explanation

12-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

General Troubleshooting Tips

Blocky or distorted video Blocky or distorted video is generally a symptom of a degraded network. It is

also caused by endpoints that do not closely adhere to video transmission

standards.

If the network is degraded, navigate to AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics

> Video > Video statistics, and check the following:

• Rcvr Lost Packets

• Rcvr Discarded

• Avg Jitter

• Max Jitter

No Video or black video screen The video is black and no picture appears on the screen.

• Verify that video is enabled in the Cisco Unified CM.

• Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 phones do not display videos

with a resolution higher than VGA (640x480). If the other endpoint

transmits at a resolution greater than VGA, it will result in a black screen.

Check the resolution of the transmitting endpoint.

• There might not be any packets received for video display. Check the Rcvr

Packets (would be zero in this case) in the AdminSettings > Status >

CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics.

• Ensure that the transmitting phone has the camera shutter completely open.

Frozen video When the phone stops receiving video packets, the video displayed will pause,

displaying the last decoded video frame.

• Check if the received packets count is incrementing or not, by navigating to

AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics >

Rcvr Packets statistics.

• Try to hold and then resume the call to clear the issue.

• If the transmitting phone is also Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 or 9951 or

9971, check the LED on top of the camera. If there is no light illuminated

(either green or red) then the remote camera might not be transmitting video.

Slow moving video or jittery video The frame rate of the received video is low. Check the rate by navigating to

AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics > Rcvr

Frame Rate. Frame rates less than 15 fps will result in slow-moving video.

Audio/Video synchronization is poor • Check if RTCP is enabled in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager.

• Audio/video synronization is generally caused a by degraded network

connection. Check by navigating to navigating to AdminSettings > Status

> CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics > Avg Jitter and

AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics > Max

Jitter values.

• Try to hold and then resume the call to restore the audio/video

synchronization.

Table 12-2 Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)

Summary Explanation

12-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

General Troubleshooting Tips

Subject too dark in video The lighting conditions within the camera’s field of view of the camera affects

the brightness of the video.

• Adjust the View Area for your camera. Try moving the location of the

camera and check if the brightness improves.

• Adjust the camera brightness by navigating to Accessories > Cisco Unified

Video Camera > Brightness and adjusting the brightness settings.

The recipient endpoint only sees a mute

image If the “Auto Transmit Video” is set to “Off”, the camera will automatically

transmit the mute image. The red LED illuminated on the top of the camera

indicates that the video is muted. Set the Auto Transmit Video setting to On to

restore video on the other side.

Camera not detected by phone Unplug and then re-connect the camera back to the phone.

Table 12-2 Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)

Summary Explanation

12-15

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Performing a reset of a Cisco Unified IP Phone provides a way to recover if the phone experiences an

error and provides a way to reset or restore various configuration and security settings.

Table 12-3 describes the types of resets you can perform. You can reset a phone with any of these

operations after the phone has started up. Choose the operation that is appropriate for your situation.

Table 12-3 Basic Reset Methods

Operation Performing Explanation

Reset Settings From the Administrator Settings menu,

unlock phone options (see the “Unlocking and

Locking Options” section on page 7-3), then

choose Reset Settings > All Settings.

Resets user and network configuration settings to their

factory-default values, and restarts the phone.

Before you perform a factory reset, ensure that the

following conditions are met:

• The phone must be on a DHCP-enabled network.

• A valid TFTP server must be set in DHCP option 150

or option 66 on the DHCP server.

The following occurs on the phone when you perform a

reset:

• User configuration settings—Resets to default values

• Network configuration settings—Resets to default

values

• Call histories—Gets erased

• Locale information—Resets to default values

• Phone application—Gets erased (phone recovers by

using the image in the inactive partition of flash to

boot up).

• Security settings—Resets to default values; this

includes deleting the CTL file, deleting the MD5

secret, and changing the 802.1x Device

Authentication parameter to “Disabled.”

Note Do not power down the phone until it completes

the factory reset process, and the main screen

appears.

From the Admin Settings menu, unlock phone

options (see the “Unlocking and Locking

Options” section on page 7-3), then choose

Reset Settings > Network Settings.

Resets network configuration settings to their default

values and resets the phone. (This method causes DHCP to

reconfigure the IP address of the phone.)

From the Administrator Settings menu,

unlock phone options (see the “Unlocking and

Locking Options” section on page 7-3), then

choose Reset Settings > Reset Device.

Resets any user and network configuration changes that

you have made, but that the phone has not written to its

Flash memory, to previously saved settings.

From the Administrator Settings menu,

unlock phone options (see the “Unlocking and

Locking Options” section on page 7-3), then

choose Reset Settings > Security Settings.

Deletes only the CTL file.

12-16

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Using the Quality Report Tool

The Quality Report Tool (QRT) is a voice quality and general problem-reporting tool for the Cisco

Unified IP Phone. The QRT feature is installed as part of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

installation.

You can configure users’ Cisco Unified IP Phones with QRT. When you do so, users can report problems

with phone calls by pressing the QRT softkey. This softkey is available only when the Cisco Unified IP

Phone is in the Connected, Connected Conference, Connected Transfer, and/or OnHook states.

When a user presses the QRT softkey, a list of problem categories appears. The user selects the

appropriate problem category, and this feedback is logged in an XML file. Actual information logged

depends on the user selection and whether the destination device is a Cisco Unified IP Phone.

For more information about using QRT, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Features and

Services Guide.

Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls

To measure the voice quality of calls that are sent and received within the network, Cisco Unified IP

Phones use these statistical metrics that are based on concealment events. The DSP plays concealment

frames to mask frame loss in the voice packet stream.

• Concealment Ratio metrics—Show the ratio of concealment frames over total speech frames. An

interval conceal ratio is calculated every 3 seconds.

• Concealed Second metrics—Show the number of seconds in which the DSP plays concealment

frames due to lost frames. A severely “concealed second” is a second in which the DSP plays more

than five percent concealment frames.

Note Concealment ratio and concealment seconds are primary measurements based on frame loss. A Conceal

Ratio of zero indicates that the IP network is delivering frames and packets on time with no loss.

You can access voice quality metrics from the Cisco Unified IP Phone by using the Call Statistics screen

(see the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11) or remotely by using Streaming Statistics (see

the Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely chapter).

12-17

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information

Troubleshooting Tips

When you observe significant and persistent changes to metrics, use Table 12-4 for general

troubleshooting information:

Note Voice quality metrics do not account for noise or distortion, only frame loss.

Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information

If you have additional questions about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phones, go to the following

Cisco web site and then navigate to the desired Cisco Unified IP Phone:

http://www.cisco.com/cisco/web/psa/troubleshoot.html

Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone

To clean your Cisco Unified IP phone, use only a dry soft cloth to gently wipe the phone and the phone

screen. Do not apply liquids or powders directly on the phone. As with all non-weather-proof

electronics, liquids and powders can damage the components and cause failures.

Table 12-4 Changes to Voice Quality Metrics

Metric Change Condition

Conceal Ratio and Conceal

Seconds increase significantly Network impairment from packet loss or high jitter.

Conceal Ratio is near or at zero,

but the voice quality is poor.

• Noise or distortion in the audio channel such as echo or audio

levels.

• Tandem calls that undergo multiple encode/decode such as calls

to a cellular network or calling card network.

• Acoustic problems coming from a speakerphone, handsfree

cellular phone or wireless headset.

Check packet transmit (TxCnt) and packet receive (RxCnt) counters

to verify that voice packets are flowing.

12-18

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Chapter 12 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone

A-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

APPENDIX

Providing Information to Users Via a Website

If you are a system administrator, you are likely the primary source of information for Cisco Unified IP

Phone users in your network or company. It is important to provide current and thorough information to

end users.

Cisco recommends that you create a web page on your internal support site that provides end users with

important information about their Cisco Unified IP Phones.

Consider including the following types of information on this site:

• How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page A-1

• How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features, page A-2

• How Users Access a Voice Messaging System, page A-2

• How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries, page A-3

How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

To successfully use some of the features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (including speed dial, services,

and voice messaging system options), users must receive information from you or from your network

team or be able to contact you for assistance. Make sure to provide end users with the names of people

to contact for assistance and with instructions for contacting those people.

Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages

Before a user can access the User Options web pages, you must use Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration to add the user to a standard Cisco Unified Communications Manager end user

group: choose User Management > User Groups. For additional information, refer to:

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, “User Group Configuration”

chapter

• Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide, “Roles and User Groups” chapter”

A-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix A Providing Information to Users Via a Website

How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features

End users can perform a variety of activities by using the Cisco Unified Communications Manager User

Options web pages. These activities include subscribing to services, setting up speed dial and call

forwarding numbers, configuring ring settings, and creating a personal address book. Keep in mind that

configuring settings on a phone by using a website might be new for your end users. You need to provide

as much information as possible to ensure that they can successfully access and use the User Options

web pages.

Make sure to provide end users with the following information about the User Options web pages:

• The URL required to access the application. This URL is:

http://<server_name:portnumber>/ccmuser/, where server_name is the host on which the web

server is installed.

• A user ID and default password are needed to access the application.

These settings correspond to the values you entered when you added the user to Cisco Unified

Communications Manager (see the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager”

section on page 8-33).

• A brief description of what a web-based, graphical user interface application is, and how to access

it with a web browser.

• An overview of the tasks that users can accomplish by using the web page.

How Users Access a Voice Messaging System

Cisco Unified Communications Manager lets you integrate with many different voice messaging

systems, including the Cisco Unity voice messaging system. Because you can integrate with a variety of

systems, you must provide users with information about how to use your specific system.

You should provide this information to each user:

• How to access the voice messaging system account.

Make sure that you have used Cisco Unified Communications Manager to configure the Messages

button on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

• Initial password for accessing the voice messaging system.

Make sure that you have configured a default voice messaging system password for all users.

• How the phone indicates that voice messages are waiting.

Make sure that you have used Cisco Unified Communications Manager to set up a message waiting

indicator (MWI) method.

A-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix A Providing Information to Users Via a Website

How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries

Users can configure personal directory entries on the Cisco Unified IP Phone. To configure a personal

directory, users must have access to the following:

• User Options web pages—Make sure that users know how to access their User Options web pages.

See the “How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features” section on page A-2 for

details.

• Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer—Make sure to provide users with the installer

for this application. To obtain the installer, choose Application > Plugins from Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Administration and click Download, which is located next to the Cisco

Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer plugin name. When the file download dialog box

displays, click Save. Send the TabSyncInstall.exe file to all users who require this application.

See the “Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer” section on

page A-3 for information about installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer.

Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book

Synchronizer

Use this tool to synchronize data stored in your Microsoft Windows address book with the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager directory and the User Options Personal Address Book.

Tip To successfully synchronize the Windows address book with the Personal Address Book, all Windows

address book users should be entered in the Windows address book before performing the following

procedures.

Installing the Synchronizer

Step 1 Get the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer installer file from your system

administrator.

Step 2 Double-click the TabSyncInstall.exe file provided by your system administrator.

The publisher dialog box displays.

Step 3 Click Run.

The Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Cisco Unified CallManager Personal Address Book

Synchronizer window displays.

Step 4 Click Next.

The License Agreement window displays.

Step 5 Read the license agreement information, and click the I Accept radio button. Click Next.

The Destination Location window displays.

Step 6 Choose the directory in which you want to install the application and click Next.

The Ready to Install window displays.

Step 7 Click Install.

A-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix A Providing Information to Users Via a Website

How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries

The installation wizard installs the application to your computer. When the installation is complete, the

InstallShield Wizard Complete window displays.

Step 8 Click Finish.

Step 9 To complete the process, follow the steps in the “Configuring the Synchronizer” section on page A-4.

Configuring the Synchronizer

Step 1 Open the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer.

If you accepted the default installation directory, you can open the application by choosing Start > All

Programs > Cisco Systems > TabSync.

Step 2 To configure user information, click the User button.

The Cisco Unified CallManager User Information window displays.

Step 3 Enter the Cisco Unified IP Phone user name and password and click OK.

Step 4 To configure Cisco Unified Communications Manager server information, click the Server button.

The Configure Cisco Unified CallManager Server Information window displays.

Step 5 Enter the IP address or host name and the port number of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

server and click OK.

If you do not have this information, contact your system administrator.

Step 6 To start the directory synchronization process, click the Synchronize button.

The Synchronization Status window provides information on the status of the address book

synchronization. If you chose the user intervention for duplicate entries rule and you have duplicate

address book entries, the Duplicate Selection window displays. Choose the entry that you want to

include in your Personal Address Book and click OK.

When synchronization completes, click Exit to close the Cisco Unified CallManager Address Book

Synchronizer. To verify if the synchronization worked, log in to your User Options web pages and

choose Personal Address Book. The users from your Windows address book should be listed.

B-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

APPENDIX

Supporting International Users

Translated and localized versions of the Cisco Unified IP Phones are available in several languages. If

you are supporting Cisco Unified IP Phones in a non-English environment, refer to the following

sections to ensure that the phones are set up properly for your users:

• Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Locale Installer, page B-1

• Support for International Call Logging, page B-1

Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Locale

Installer

If you are using Cisco Unified IP Phones in a locale other than English (United States), you must install

the locale-specific version of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Locale Installer on every

Cisco Unified Communications Manager server in the cluster. Installing the locale installer ensures that

you have the latest translated text, user and network locales, and country-specific phone tones available

for the Cisco Unified IP Phones. You can find locale-specific versions of the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager Locale Installer at

http://www.cisco.com/kobayashi/sw-center/telephony/callmgr/locale-installer.shtml.

For more information, refer to the “Locale Installation” section in the Cisco Unified Communications

Operating System Administration Guide.

Note All languages may not be immediately available, so continue to check the website for updates.

Support for International Call Logging

If your phone system is configured for international call logging (calling party normalization), the call

logs, redial, or call directory entries may display a “+” symbol to represent the international escape code

for your location. Depending on the configuration for your phone system, the “+” may be replaced with

the correct international dialing code, or you may need to edit the number before dialing to manually

replace the “+” with the international escape code for your location. In addition, while the call log or

directory entry may display the full international number for the received call, the phone display may

show the shortened local version of the number, without international or country codes.

B-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix B Supporting International Users

Support for International Call Logging

C-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

APPENDIX

Technical Specifications

The following sections describe the technical specifications for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951,

and 9971.

• Physical and Operating Environment Specifications, page C-1

• Cable Specifications, page C-2

• Network and Computer Port Pinouts, page C-2

Physical and Operating Environment Specifications

Table C-1 shows the physical and operating environment specifications for the Cisco Unified

IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.

Table C-1 Physical and Operating Specifications

Specification Value or Range

Operating temperature 32° to 104°F (0° to 40°C)

Operating relative humidity 10% to 95% (non-condensing)

Storage temperature 14° to 140°F (–10° to 60°C)

Height 8 in. (20.32 cm)

Width 10.5 in. (26.67 cm)

Depth 6 in. (15.24 cm)

Weight 3.5 lb. (1.6 kg)

Power • 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, 0.5 A—when using the AC adapter

• 48 VDC, 0.2 A—when using the in-line power over the network cable

Power consumed by the camera1

1. Applicable only for Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 only.

290mA (1.45W) (excluding the power consumed by the phone)

Cables Category 3/5/5e/6 for 10-Mbps cables with 4 pairs

Category 5/5e/6 for 100-Mbps cables with 4 pairs

Category 5e/6 for 1000-Mbps cables with 4 pairs

Note Cables have 4 pairs of wires for a total of 8 conductors.

Distance requirements As supported by the Ethernet Specification, it is assumed that the maximum cable

length between each Cisco Unified IP Phone and the switch is 330 feet (100 meters).

C-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix C Technical Specifications

Cable Specifications

Note For power information regarding the Cisco Unified IP Key Color Expansion Module, see the “Power

Information” section on page 4-2.

Cable Specifications

• RJ-9 jack (4-conductor) for handset and headset connection.

• RJ-45 jack for the LAN 10/100/1000BaseT connection (10/100/1000 Network port on the

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971).

• RJ-45 jack for a second 10/100/1000BaseT compliant connection (10/100/1000 Computer port on

the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971).

• 3.5 mm jack for microphone and speaker connection (for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971

only).

• 48-volt power connector.

Network and Computer Port Pinouts

Although both the network and computer (access) ports are used for network connectivity, they serve

different purposes and have different port pinouts.

• The Network port is the 10/100/1000 SW port on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

• The Computer (access) port is the 10/100/1000 PC port on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.

Network Port Connector

Table C-2 describes the Network port connector pinouts.

Table C-2 Network Port Connector Pinouts

Pin Number Function

1BI_DA+

2BI_DA-

3BI_DB+

4BI_DC+

5BI_DC-

6BI_DB-

7BI_DD+

8BI_DD-

Note “BI” stands for bi-directional, while DA, DB, DC and DD stand for “Data A”, “Data

B”, “Data C” and “Data D”, respectively.

C-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix C Technical Specifications

Network and Computer Port Pinouts

Computer Port Connector

Table C-3 describes the Computer port connector pinouts.

Table C-3 Computer (Access) Port Connector Pinouts

Pin Number Function

1BI_DB+

2BI_DB-

3BI_DA+

4BI_DD+

5BI_DD-

6BI_DA-

7BI_DC+

8BI_DC-

Note “BI” stands for bi-directional, while DA, DB, DC and DD stand for “Data A”, “Data

B”, “Data C” and “Data D”, respectively.

C-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix C Technical Specifications

Network and Computer Port Pinouts

D-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

APPENDIX

Basic Phone Administration Steps

This appendix provides minimum, basic configuration steps for you to do the following:

• Add a new user to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration

• Configure a new phone for that user

• Associate that user to that phone

• Complete other basic end-user configuration tasks

The procedures provide one method for performing these tasks and are not the only way to perform these

tasks. They are a streamlined approach to get a new user and corresponding phone running on the system.

These procedures are designed to be used on a mature Cisco Unified Communications Manager system

where calling search spaces, partitions, and other complicated configuration have already been done and

are in place for existing users.

This section contains these topics:

• Example User Information for these Procedures, page D-1

• Adding a User to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page D-2

• Configuring the Phone, page D-3

• Performing Final End User Configuration Steps, page D-6

Example User Information for these Procedures

In the procedures that follow, example are given when possible to illustrate some of the steps. Sample

user and phone information used throughout these procedures includes:

• User’s Name: John Doe

• User ID: johndoe

• Phone model: 9971

• Protocol: SIP

• MAC address listed on phone: 00127F576611

• Five-digit internal telephone number: 26640

D-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix D Basic Phone Administration Steps

Adding a User to Cisco Unified Communications Manager

This section describes steps for adding a user to Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Follow one

of the procedures in this section, depending on your operating system and the manner in which you are

adding the user:

• Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory, page D-2

• Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page D-2

Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory

If you added a user to an LDAP Directory (a non-Cisco Unified Communications Server directory), you

can immediately synchronize that directory to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager on which

you are adding this same user and the user’s phone by following these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Log onto Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.

Step 2 Choose System > LDAP > LDAP Directory.

Step 3 Use the Find button to locate your LDAP directory.

Step 4 Click on the LDAP directory name.

Step 5 Click Perform Full Sync Now.

Note If you do not need to immediately synchronize the LDAP Directory to the Cisco Unified

Communications Manager, the LDAP Directory Synchronization Schedule on the LDAP

Directory window determines when the next auto-synchronization is scheduled. However, the

synchronization must occur before you can associate a new user to a device.

Step 6 Proceed to Configuring the Phone, page D-3

Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager

If you are not using an LDAP directory, you can add a user directly to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager Administration by following these steps:

Note If LDAP is synchronized, you cannot add a user to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Administration.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose User Management > End User, then click Add New. The End User Configuration window

appears.

Step 2 In the User Information pane of this window, enter the following:

D-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix D Basic Phone Administration Steps

Configuring the Phone

–

User ID—Enter the end user identification name. Cisco Unified Communications Manager does

not permit modifying the user ID after it is created. You may use the following special

characters: =, +, <, >, #, ;, \, , "", and blank spaces.

Example: johndoe

–

Password and Confirm Password—Enter five or more alphanumeric or special characters for the

end user password. You may use the following special characters: =, +, <, >, #, ;, \, , "", and

blank spaces.

–

Last Name—Enter the end user last name. You may use the following special characters: =, +,

<, >, #, ;, \, , "", and blank spaces.)

Example: doe

–

Telephone Number—Enter the primary directory number for the end user. End users can have

multiple lines on their phones.

Example: 26640 (John Doe’s internal company telephone number)

Step 3 Click Save.

Step 4 Proceed to the section Configuring the Phone, page D-3.

Configuring the Phone

To identify the user’s phone model and protocol, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 From Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, choose Device > Phone >.

Step 2 Click Add New.

Step 3 Select the user’s phone model from the Phone Type drop-down list, then click Next. The Phone

Configuration window appears.

On the Phone Configuration window, you can use the default values for most of the fields.

To configure the required fields and some key additional fields, follow these steps:

Procedure

Step 1 For the required fields, possible values, some of which are based on the example of user johndoe, can

be configured as follows:

a. In the Device Information pane of this window:

–

MAC Address—Enter the MAC address of the phone, which is listed on a sticker on the phone.

Make sure that the value comprises 12 hexadecimal characters.

Example: 00127F576611 (MAC address on john doe’s phone)

–

Description—This is an optional field in which you can enter a useful description, such as john

doe’s phone. This will help you if you need to search on information about this user.

D-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix D Basic Phone Administration Steps

Configuring the Phone

–

Device Pool—Choose the device pool to which you want this phone assigned. The device pool

defines sets of common characteristics for devices, such as region, date/time group, softkey

template, and MLPP information.

Note Device Pools are defined on the Device Pool Configuration window of Cisco Unified

Communications Server Administration (System > Device Pool).

–

Phone Button Template—Choose the appropriate phone button template from the drop-down

list. The phone button template determines the configuration of buttons on a phone and

identifies which feature (line, speed dial, and so on) is used for each button.

Note Phone button templates are defined on the Phone Button Template Configuration

window of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Device > Device

Settings > Phone Button Template). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction

with the Find button to find all configured phone button templates and their current

settings.

–

Common Phone Profile—From the drop-down list box, choose a common phone profile from

the list of available common phone profiles.

Note Common Phone Profiles are defined on the Common Phone Profile Configuration

window of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Device > Device

Settings > Common Phone Profile). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction

with the Find button to find all configured common phone profiles and their current

settings.

–

Calling Search Space—From the drop-down list box, choose the appropriate calling search

space (CSS). A calling search space comprises a collection of partitions (analogous to a

collection of available phone books) that are searched to determine how a dialed number should

be routed. The calling search space for the device and the calling search space for the directory

number get used together. The directory number CSS takes precedence over the device CSS.

Note Calling Search Spaces are defined on the Calling Search Space Configuration window

of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Calling routing > Class

of Control> Calling Search Space). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction with

the Find button to find all configured Calling Search Spaces and their current settings.

–

Location—Choose the appropriate location for this Cisco Unified IP Phone.

–

Owner User ID—From the drop-down menu, choose the user ID of the assigned phone user.

b. In the Protocol Specific Information pane of this window, choose a Device Security Profile from the

drop-down list. To enable security features for a phone, you must configure a new security profile

for the device type and protocol and apply it to the phone. If the phone does not support security,

choose a non-secure profile.

To identify the settings that are contained in the profile, choose System > Security Profile > Phone

Security Profile.

D-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix D Basic Phone Administration Steps

Configuring the Phone

Note The security profile chosen should be based on the overall security strategy of the company.

c. In the Extension Information pane of this window, check the Enable Extension Mobility box if this

phone supports Cisco Extension Mobility.

d. Click Save.

Step 2 Configure line settings:

a. On the Phone Configuration window, click Line 1 on the left pane of the window. The Directory

Number Configuration window appears.

b. In the Directory Number field, enter a valid number that can be dialed.

Note This field should contain the same number that appears in the Telephone Number field

on the User Configuration window.

Example: 26640 is the directory number of user John Doe in the example above.

c. From the Route Partition drop-down list, choose the partition to which the directory number

belongs. If you do not want to restrict access to the directory number, choose <None> for the

partition.

d. From the Calling Search Space drop-down list (Directory Number Settings pane of the Directory

Number Configuration window), choose the appropriate calling search space. A calling search space

comprises a collection of partitions that are searched for numbers that are called from this directory

number. The value that you choose applies to all devices that are using this directory number.

e. In the Call Pickup and Call Forward Settings pane of the Directory Number Configuration window,

choose the items (i.e. Forward All, Forward Busy Internal) and corresponding destinations to which

calls should be sent.

Example: If you want incoming internal and external calls that receive a busy signal to be forwarded

to the voice mail for this line, check the Voice Mail box next to the “Forward Busy Internal” and

“Forward Busy External” items in the left column of the Call Pickup and Call Forward Settings

pane.

f. In the “Line 1 on Device...” pane of the Directory Number Configuration window, configure the

following:

–

Display (Internal Caller ID field)—You can enter the first name and last name of the user of this

device so that this name will be displayed for all internal calls. You can also leave this field

blank to have the system display the phone extension.

–

External Phone Number Mask—Indicate phone number (or mask) that is used to send Caller ID

information when a call is placed from this line.

You can enter a maximum of 24 number and “X” characters. The Xs represent the directory

number and must appear at the end of the pattern.

Example: Using the john doe extension in the example above, if you specify a mask of

408902XXXX, an external call from extension 6640 displays a caller ID number of

4089026640.

Note This setting applies only to the current device unless you check the check box at right

(Update Shared Device Settings) and click the Propagate Selected button. (The check

box at right displays only if other devices share this directory number.)

D-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix D Basic Phone Administration Steps

Performing Final End User Configuration Steps

g. Click Save.

h. Click Associate End Users at the bottom of the window to associate a user to the line being

configured. Use the Find button in conjunction with the Search fields to locate the user, then check

the box next to the user’s name, then click Add Selected. The user’s name and user ID should now

appear in the “Users Associated With Line” pane of the Directory Number Configuration window.

i. Click Save. The user is now associated with Line 1 on the phone.

j. If your phone has a second line, configure Line 2.

k. Associate the user with the device:

–

Choose User Management > End User.

–

Use the search boxes and the Find button to locate the user you have added (i.e. doe for the last

name).

–

Click on the user ID (i.e. johndoe). The End User Configuration window appears.

–

Click Device Associations.

–

Use the Search fields and the Find button to locate the device with which you want to associate

to the user. Select the device, then click Save Selected/Changes. The user is now associated

with the device.

–

Click the Go button next to the “Back to User” Related link in the upper-right corner of the

screen.

l. Proceed to Performing Final End User Configuration Steps, page D-6.

Performing Final End User Configuration Steps

If you are not already on the End User Configuration page, choose User Management > End User to

perform some final configuration tasks. Use the Search fields and the Find button to locate the user (i.e.

John Doe), then click on the user ID to get to the End User Configuration window for the user.

In the End User configuration window, do the following:

Procedure

Step 1 In the Directory Number Associations pane of the screen, set the primary extension from the drop-down

list.

Step 2 In the Mobility Information pane, check the Enable Mobility box.

Step 3 In the Permissions Information pane, use the User Group buttons to add this user to any user groups. For

example, you may want to add the user to a group that has been defined as a “Standard CCM End User

Group.”

To view all configured user groups, choose User Management > User Group.

Step 4 In the Extension Mobility pane, check the Enable Extension Mobility Cross Cluster box if the user is

allowed for Extension Mobility Cross Cluster service.

Step 5 Click Save.

E-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

APPENDIX

Installing the Wall Mount for the

Cisco Unified IP Phone

This appendix contains information on installing the wall mount for use with the following:

• Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

• Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951,

and 9971

This section describes how to install a wall mount for the Cisco Unfilled IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.

Figure E-1 Wall Mount Kit for a Single Phone Assembly

The package includes these items:

• 1 phone bracket

• 1 wall bracket

• 4 10-12x1 inch Phillips-head screws with 4 anchors

• 1 sheet metal screw

Screws

(4)

Anchors

(4)

Machine

screws

(2)

Ethernet

cable Lock-down

key

Wall bracketPhone bracket

274935

E-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

• 2 4-40x1/4 inch machine screws

• 1 six-inch Ethernet cable

• 1 key if the bracket includes the optional lock

Before You Begin

You will need these tools to install the bracket:

• #1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers

• Level

You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does

not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a

regular telephone jack. For more information on phone installation requirements and warnings, see the

Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone chapter.

Installing the Bracket

To install the phone on the wall, perform the following steps:

Procedure

Step 1 Mount the wall bracket in the desired location (Figure E-2). You can install the bracket over an Ethernet

jack, or you can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.

a. Use the Level to ensure the bracket is level, then use a pencil to mark the screw holes.

b. Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the

anchor into the wall.

c. Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.

d. Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.

E-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Figure E-2 Mounting the Wall Bracket

Level wall

bracket on wall

Mark mountin

holes through

bracket on wa

274936

C D

Insert anchors

into wall

Screw bracke

to wall using

Phillips head

screws

E-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Step 2 Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone (Figure E-3).

a. Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached

cords from the base of the phone.

b. Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.

c. Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The phone’s

ports should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.

d. Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws.

e. Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the

clips incorporated into the phone body.

Figure E-3 Attaching the Phone Bracket

74937

Screw holes

Slot for

mounting tabs

E-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Step 3 Remove the handset wall hook in the handset rest, rotate the hook 180 degrees, and reinsert the hook.

The hook should have a lip on which the handset catches when the phone is vertical (Figure E-4).

Figure E-4 Preparing the Handset Hook

21 3

192897

E-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Step 4 Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW network port and wall jack.

If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable to the

10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.

If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress the cord by

clipping it into the clips incorporated into the phone body next to the PC port (Figure E-5).

Figure E-5 Attaching the Cables

(optional power

cable)

AC adapter

port

Phone bracket

Handset port

all bracket

Network

port

206801

E-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

Step 5 Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots

on the wall bracket. Ensure that the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall

behind the bracket are positioned in one of the cable-access openings in the bottom of the bracket. The

phone and wall brackets’ openings together form circular openings with room for one cable per opening

(Figure E-6).

Step 6 Use the locking key to lock the phone to the wall bracket.

Figure E-6 Attaching the Phone to the Wall Bracket

206802

E-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion

Module

This section describes how to install a wall mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971

connected with the Key Expansion Module.

Figure E-7 Wall Mount Kit for Phone with Key Expansion Module

The package includes these items:

• 1 phone bracket

• 1 wall bracket

• 4 10-12x1 inch Phillips-head screws with 4 anchors

• 1 sheet metal screw

• 3 4-40x1/4 inch machine screws

• 1 six-inch Ethernet cable

• 1 key if the bracket includes the optional lock

Before You Begin

You will need these tools to install the bracket:

• #1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers

• Level

You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does

not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a

regular telephone jack. For more information on phone installation requirements and warnings, see the

Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone chapter.

Screws

(4)

Anchors

(4)

Sheet metal

screw

Machine

screws

(3)

Ethernet

cable Lock-down

key

Wall bracketPhone bracket

206769

E-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Installing the Bracket

To install the phone on the wall, perform the following steps:

Note Be sure to connect to connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone to the Key Expansion Module prior to

installing the phone bracket.

Procedure

Step 1 Mount the wall bracket in the desired location (Figure E-8). You can install the bracket over an Ethernet

jack, or you can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.

a. Use the level to ensure the bracket is level, then use a pencil to mark the screw holes.

b. Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the

anchor into the wall.

c. Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.

d. Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.

E-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Figure E-8 Mounting the Wall Bracket

Level wall

bracket on wall

Mark mounting

holes through

bracket on wall

206799

C D

Insert anchors

into wall Screw brack

to wall using

Phillips head

screws

E-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Step 2 Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone and key expansion assembly (Figure E-9).

a. Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached

cords from the base of the phone.

b. Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.

c. Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The phone’s

ports should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.

d. Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws.

e. Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the

clips incorporated into the phone body.

Figure E-9 Attaching the Phone Bracket

206770

Slot for

mounting tabs

Screw holes

E-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Step 3 Remove the handset wall hook in the handset rest, rotate the hook 180 degrees, and reinsert the hook.

The hook should have a lip on which the handset catches when the phone is vertical (Figure E-10).

Figure E-10 Preparing the Handset Hook

21 3

192897

E-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Step 4 Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW Network port and wall jack.

If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable to the

10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.

If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress the cord by

clipping it into the clips incorporated into the phone body next to the port (Figure E-11).

Figure E-11 Plugging the Power Cord into the Phone

(optional power

cable)

AC adapter

port

Phone bracket

Handset port

all bracket

Network

port

206771

E-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix E Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone

Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module

Step 5 Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots

on the wall bracket. Ensure that the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall

behind the bracket are positioned in one of the cable-access openings in the bottom of the bracket. The

phone and wall brackets’ openings together form circular openings with room for one cable per opening

(Figure E-12).

Step 6 Use the locking key to lock the phone to the wall bracket.

Figure E-12 Attaching the Phone to the Wall Bracket

206772

F-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

APPENDIX

Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall

Mount

This appendix contains information about installing the wall mount for use with the following products:

• ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones: Installed on the

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.

• ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones plus a single Key

Expansion Module: Installed on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 with the Key

Expansion Module.

These nonlocking wall mount kits meet ADA 4.4.1 requirements.

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900

Series IP Phones

This section describes how to install the non-lockable wall mount kit on a Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,

9951, and 9971 when the phone is not connected to a Key Expansion Module.

The following figure shows the wall mount kit installed on the phone.

F-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

Figure F-1 Back View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone

The following figure shows the phone with the wall mount kit from the side.

345749

F-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

Figure F-2 Side View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone

Components

The following figure shows the components of the ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series

and 9900 Series IP Phones.

Figure F-3 Components

345750

345751

Screws

(4)

Anchors

(4)

Machine

screws

(2)

Ethernet

cable

Wall bracketPhone bracket

F-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

The package contains the following items:

• One phone bracket

• One wall bracket

• Four #8-18 x 1.25-inch Phillips-head screws with four anchors

• Two #4-40 x 0.31-inch machine screws

• One 6-inch Ethernet cable

Before you begin

You need these tools to install the bracket:

• #1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers

• Level

• Pencil

You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does

not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a

regular telephone jack. For more information about phone installation requirements and warnings, see

Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-1.

Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount for phone

The wall mount kit can be mounted on most surfaces, including concrete, brick, and similar hard

surfaces. To mount the kit on concrete, brick, or similar hard surfaces, you must provide the appropriate

screws and anchors for your wall surface.

Procedure

Step 1 Mount the wall bracket in the desired location. You can install the bracket over an Ethernet jack, or you

can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.

Note If the jack is to be placed behind the phone, the Ether net jack must be flush to the wall or

recessed.

a. Hold the bracket on the wall, placing it so that the arrow on the back of the bracket is pointing up.

b. Use the level to ensure the bracket is level, then use a pencil to mark the screw holes.

c. Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the

anchor into the wall.

d. Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.

e. Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.

The following figure shows the bracket installation steps.

F-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

Figure F-4 Mount the Wall Bracket

Step 2 Attach the phone bracket to the IP Phone.

a. Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached

cords from the base of the phone.

b. Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.

45748

Level wall

bracket on wall

Mark mountin

holes through

bracket on wa

Insert anchors

into wall

Screw brack

to wall using

Phillips head

screws

F-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

c. Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The ports of the

phone should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.

d. Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws, using the #1 Phillips-head screw

driver.

e. Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the

clips incorporated into the phone body.

The following figure shows how the bracket attaches to the phone.

Figure F-5 Attach the Phone Bracket

Step 3 Attach the cables to the phone:

a. Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW network port and wall jack.

b. (Optional) If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable

to the 10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.

c. (Optional) If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress

the cord by clipping it into the clips that are incorporated into the phone body next to the PC port.

d. (Optional) If the cables terminate inside the wall bracket, connect the cables to the jacks.

The following figure shows the cables.

74937

Screw holes

Slot for

mounting tabs

F-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

Figure F-6 Attach cables

Step 4 Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots

on the wall bracket.

For cables that terminate outside of the brackets, use the cable-access openings in the bottom of the

bracket to position the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall behind the

bracket. The phone and wall bracket openings together form circular openings with room for one cable

per opening.

The following figure shows how you attach the phone to the wall bracket.

(optional power

cable)

AC adapter

port

Phone bracket

Handset port

all bracket

Network

port

206801

F-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

Figure F-7 Attach phone to wall bracket

Step 5 Press the phone firmly into the wall bracket and slide the phone down. The tabs in the bracket click into

position.

Step 6 Proceed to Step 3 of Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971,

page E-1.

Remove Phone from Non-Lockable Wall Mount

The phone mounting plate contains two tabs to lock the plate into the wall bracket. The following figure

shows the location and shape of the tabs.

206802

F-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones

Figure F-8 Figure 23: Tab location

To remove the phone and mounting plate from the wall bracket, you must disengage these tabs.

Before You Begin

You require 2 screwdrivers or metal rods.

Step 1 Push the screw drivers into the left and right holes in the phone mounting plate approximately 1 in. (2.5

cm).

Step 2 Lift the screwdriver handles up to put a downward pressure on the tabs.

345752

F-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-9 Disengage tabs

Step 3 Press firmly to disengage the tabs and lift the phone at the same time to release the phone from the wall

bracket.

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900

Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

This section describes how to install the non-lockable wall mount kit on a Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,

9951, and 9971 when the phone is connected to a Key Expansion Module.

The following figure shows the wall mount kit installed on the phone.

345753

F-11

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-10 Back View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone with Key

Expansion Module

The following figure shows the phone with the wall mount kit from the side.

345743

F-12

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-11 Side View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone with Key

Expansion Module

Components

The following figure shows the components of the ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for the Cisco

Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 with a Key Expansion Module.

Figure F-12 Components

345744

345745

Screws

(6)

Anchors

(6)

Machine

screws

(3)

Ethernet

cable

Wall bracketPhone bracket

F-13

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

The package contains the following items:

• One phone bracket

• One wall bracket

• Six #8-18 x 1.25-inch Phillips-head screws with six anchors

• Three #4-40 x 0.31-inch machine screws

• One 6-inch Ethernet cable

Before You Begin

You need these tools to install the bracket:

• #1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers

• Level

• Pencil

You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does

not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a

regular telephone jack. For more information about phone installation requirements and warnings, see

Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-1 and Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key

Expansion Module, page 4-1.

Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for Phone with Key Expansion Module

The wall mount kit can be mounted on most surfaces, including concrete, brick, and similar hard

surfaces. To mount the kit on concrete, brick, or similar hard surfaces, you must provide the appropriate

screws and anchors for your wall surface.

Note Be sure to connect to connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone to the Key Expansion Module before installing

the phone bracket.

Step 1 Mount the wall bracket in the desired location. You can install the bracket over an Ethernet jack, or you

can run the Ethernet network cable to a nearby jack.

Note If the jack is to be placed behind the phone, the Ethernet jack must be flush to the wall or

recessed.

a. Hold the bracket on the wall. See the following figure for the orientation of the wall bracket.

b. Use the level to ensure that the bracket is level and use a pencil to mark the screw holes.

c. Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the

anchor into the wall.

d. Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.

e. Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.

The following figure shows the steps for installing the bracket.

F-14

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-13 Bracket Installation

Step 2 Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone and key expansion assembly.

a. Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached

cords from the base of the phone

b. Remove the label covers that are conceal the screw holes.

c. Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the back of the phone. The

phone ports should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.

Level wall

bracket on wall

Mark mountin

holes through

bracket on wa

345742

D E

Insert anchors

into wall

Screw bracke

to wall using

Phillips head

screws

F-15

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

d. Secure the phone bracket to the IP phone with the machine screws using a #1 Philips-head

screwdriver.

e. Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the

clips that are incorporated into the phone body.

The headset and handset connectors should be accessible from outside the wall mount bracket.

The following figure shows the steps to attach the phone bracket.

Figure F-14 Attach Phone Bracket

Step 3 Attach the cords.

a. Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW network port and wall jack.

b. (Optional) If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable

to the 10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.

c. (Optional) If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress

the cord by clipping it into the clips that are incorporated into the phone body next to the PC port.

d. (Optional) If the cables terminate inside the wall bracket, connect the cables to the jacks.

The following figure shows the cables.

206770

Slot for

mounting tabs

Screw holes

F-16

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-15 Attach Cables

Step 4 Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots

on the wall bracket.

For cables that terminate outside of the bracket, use the cable-access openings in the bottom of the

bracket to position the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall behind the

bracket. The phone and wall bracket openings together form circular openings with room for one cable

per opening.

(optional power

cable)

AC adapter

port

Phone bracket

Handset port

all bracket

Network

port

206771

F-17

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-16 Attach Phone to Wall Bracket

Step 5 Proceed to Step 3 of Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module, page E-8.

Remove Phone and Key Expansion Module from Non-Lockable Wall Mount

The phone mounting plate contains two tabs to lock the plate into the wall bracket. The following figure

shows the location and shape of the tabs.

346186

F-18

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-17 Tab Location

To remove the phone and mounting plate from the wall bracket, you must disengage these tabs.

Before You Begin

You require two screwdrivers or metal rods.

Step 1 Push the screw drivers into the left and right holes in the phone mounting plate until you feel resistance.

Step 2 Press firmly inwards (towards the phone) to disengage the tabs, lift up on the phone to release the phone

from the wall bracket, and then pull the phone towards you.

345746

F-19

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

Figure F-18 Disengage Tabs

345747

F-20

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount

ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module

IN-1

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

INDEX

Numerics

802.11a standard 6-3

802.11b standard 6-3

802.11d standard 6-3

World Mode 6-4

802.11e standard 6-3

802.11g standard 6-3

802.11i standard 6-3

802.1X

authentication server 1-22

authenticator 1-22

description 1-11

network components 1-22

supplicant 1-22

Troubleshooting 12-9, 12-10

802.1X Authentication 7-13

802.1X authentication and status 7-15

802.1X Authentication menu

options 7-15

Device Authentication 7-15

EAP-MD5 7-15

Access Information web page 11-2, 11-8

accessory

headsets 3-4

KEM 3-4

support 3-4

access port

configuring 7-6

connecting 3-12

forwarding packets to 11-8

access to phone settings 7-2

adding

Cisco Unified IP Phones manually 2-12

Cisco Unified IP Phones using auto-registration 2-10

users to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager 8-33

Admin. VLAN ID 7-5

AdvanceAdhocConference service parameter 8-10

AES

encryption description 6-13

agent greeting 8-2

All Calls 8-2

Alternate TFTP 7-11

Analog RJ11 headsets 3-7

anonymous call bock telephony features

anonymous call block 8-3

Answer(oldest call) 8-3

associating 6-8

Cisco Aironet Access Point 6-8

description 6-8

Assisted Directed Call Park 8-3

audible message waiting indicator 8-15

authentication 1-15

authentication server, in 802.1X 1-22

authenticator, in 802.1X 1-22

auto answer 8-3

auto dial 8-3

automatic port synchronization 8-4

auto-registration

using 2-10

auxiliary VLAN 2-3

Index

IN-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

auxiliary VLAN, description 6-9

background image

configuring 9-5

creating 9-4

custom 9-4

List.xml file 9-4

PNG file 9-4, 9-5

barge 1-23, 8-4

call security restrictions 1-20

block external to external transfer 8-5

Bluetooth

adding headset 3-9

Bluetooth technology

using Bluetooth wireless headsets 3-8

BootP 1-10

Bootstrap Protocol (BootP) 1-10

Busy Lamp Field (BLF) 1-30

Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Pickup 8-6

Busy Lamp Field (BLF) speed dial 8-5

cable lock, connecting to phone 3-20

call

security interactions 1-20

Call Back 8-6

call display restrictions 8-6

caller ID 8-9

caller id blocking 8-9

call forward 8-7

call forward all 8-7

call forward busy 8-7

call forward no answer 8-7

call forward no coverage 8-7

destination override 8-7

loop breakout 8-7

loop prevention 8-7

call forward destination override 8-8

call park 8-7

call security restrictions using Barge 1-20

call statistics 10-11

call waiting 8-8

CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy Function) 1-18

CAST 1-10

cell phone interference 1-1

Cisco Discovery Protocol

See CDP

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

adding phone to database of 2-9

interacting with 6-11

interactions with 2-2

required for Cisco Unified IP Phones 3-2

Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration

adding telephony features using 8-2

Cisco Unified IP Phone

adding manually to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager 2-12

adding to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager 2-9

cleaning 12-17

configuration checklist 1-25

configuration requirements 1-23

configuring user services 8-32

installation checklist 1-28

installation overview 1-23, 1-28

installation requirements 1-23

modifying phone button templates 8-29

mounting to wall 3-20

power 2-3

registering 2-9

registering with Cisco Unified Communications

Manager 2-10

resetting 12-15

technical specifications C-1

using LDAP directories 8-27

Index

IN-3

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

web page 11-1

Cisco Unified Video Camera 5-1

attaching to the phone 5-2

configuration 5-1

post installation 5-4

cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone 12-17

Clear List softkey 10-3, 10-8, 10-9

conference 8-10

secure 1-19

configuration file

creating 12-5

encrypted 1-18

modifying 9-1

overview 2-6

XmlDefault.cnf.xml 2-6

configuring

LDAP directories 8-27

overview 1-23

personal directories 8-27

phone button templates 8-29

user features 8-33

connecting

handset 3-12

headset 3-12

to a computer 3-12

to the network 3-12

connecting IP phones to other IP phones (daisy

chaining) 12-10

Current Access Point 10-15

Current Access Point screen 10-15

custom phone rings

about 9-2

creating 9-2, 9-3, 9-5

PCM file requirements 9-3

data VLAN 2-3

Debug Display web page 11-3, 11-11

Default Router 7-10

Device Authentication 7-15

device authentication 1-17

Device Configuration menu

displaying 7-2

Device Information web page 11-2, 11-4

DHCP 7-10

description 1-10

troubleshooting 12-7

DHCP Address Released 7-12

DHCP IP address 12-12

directed call park 8-10

directory numbers, assigning manually 2-12

direct-sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) 6-6

disabling phone display 9-7

distinctive ring 8-19

DND 8-12

DNS server

troubleshooting 12-8

verifying settings 12-4

DNS Server 1-5 7-10

documentation

additional i-xiii

Domain Name 7-4, 7-8

Domain Name System (DNS) 7-4, 7-8

Domain Name System (DNS) server 7-10

do not disturb 8-12

EAP-MD5 7-15

Device ID 7-15

Realm 7-15

Shared Secret 7-15

encrypted configuration files 1-18

encryption 1-15

media 1-17

signaling 1-18

enterprise parameters

Index

IN-4

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

call forward 8-36

call forward options 8-36

user options web page defaults 8-36

error messages, used for troubleshooting 12-3

Ethernet Information web page 11-2, 11-8

Ethernet Setup menu

about 7-4

Ethernet statistics 10-7

Ethernet Statistics screen 10-7

external power 2-4

fast dials

address book 8-30

fast dial service 8-12

features

configuring on phone, overview 1-14

configuring with Cisco Unified Communications

Manager, overview 1-14

informing users about, overview 1-15

file authentication 1-17

file format

List.xml 9-4

RingList.xml 9-2

G.711a, G.711µ, G.722, G.729a, G.729ab, iLBC 1-1

G.729 1-1

G729a 1-1

G729ab 1-1

G729b 1-1

handset

connecting 3-12

handsfree 3-8

handsfree profile 3-8

headset

audio quality 3-11

Bluetooth 3-9

connecting 3-6

disabling 3-6

quality 3-11

USB 3-6

using 3-5

wired 3-6

headset port 3-12

hold 8-13

hold reversion 8-13

http 11-3

HTTP, description 1-11

https 11-3

HTTPS, description 1-11

hunt group

log out of hunt groups 8-15

Hypertext Transfer Protocol

See HTTP

idle display

configuring 9-7

viewing settings 9-7

XML service 9-7

image authentication 1-17

installing

Cisco Unified Communications Manager

configuration 3-2

network requirements 3-1

preparing 2-9

requirements, overview 1-23

intercom 8-14

interference, cell phone 1-1

Internet Protocol (IP) 1-11

IP Address 7-10

Index

IN-5

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

IP address, troubleshooting 12-3

IPv4 Setup 7-4, 7-7

Key Expansion Module

configuration 4-4

support by phone model 4-1

LDAP directories, using with Cisco Unified IP

Phone 8-27

LEAP

description 6-12

light extensible authentication protocol, See LEAP

line buttons 8-12

lines

buttons for 8-12

Line Select 8-14

Line select for voice messages 8-14

Line Status 1-30

List.xml file 9-4

LLDP-PoE 8-18

Locale Installer B-1

localization

Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager

Locale Installer B-1

logging, missed call 8-15

MAC address 2-13

malicious caller identification (MCID) 8-15

manufacturing installed certificate (MIC) 1-17

media encryption 1-17

meet-me conference 8-15

Message Indicators 1-30

message waiting 8-15

Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) 1-30

Message Waiting Lamp 1-30

metrics, voice quality 10-12, 11-12

MIC 1-17

missed call logging 8-15

mobile connect 8-16

mobile voice access 8-16

Mode 7-13

Model Information screen 10-1

monitoring and recording 8-22

multiple calls per line appearance 8-16

music-on-hold 8-16

mute 8-16

native VLAN 2-3

Network Configuration web page 11-2

network connectivity, verifying 12-3

networking protocol

802.1X 1-11

BootP 1-10

CAST 1-10

CDP 1-10

DHCP 1-10

HTTP 1-11

IP 1-11

RTCP 1-12

RTP 1-12

SIP 1-12

TCP 1-12

TFTP 1-13

UDP 1-13

network outages, identifying 12-6

network port

configuring 7-6

connecting to 3-12

network protocol

LEAP 6-12

Index

IN-6

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

network requirements, for installing 3-1

Network Setup configuration menu

displaying 7-2

IPv4 menu options

Alternate TFTP 7-11

Default Router 7-10

DHCP 7-10

DHCP Address Released 7-12

DNS Server 1-5 7-10

IP Address 7-10

Subnet Mask 7-10

TFTP Server 1 7-11

TFTP Server 2 7-12

options

Admin. VLAN ID 7-5

Domain Name 7-4, 7-8

Operational VLAN ID 7-5

PC Port Configuration 7-6

PC VLAN 7-5

SW Port Configuration 7-6

overview 7-1

Network Setup menu

options

CDP on PC port 11-8

CDP on switch port 11-8

Network Setup web page 11-5

network statistics 11-8

Network web page 11-2, 11-8

onhook predialing 8-16

open authentication, description 6-11

Operational VLAN ID 7-5

options

enterprise parameters

user options web page defaults 8-36

orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) 6-6

Park Monitoring 8-16

park monitoring

directory number configuration window 8-25

setting service parameters 8-24

PCM file requirements, for custom ring types 9-3

PC Port Configuration 7-6

PC VLAN 7-5

personal address book

phone button template 8-30

personal directories, configuring 8-27

phone button template

modifying

for personal address book or fast dials 8-30

phone button templates 8-29

phone display

disabling 9-7

phone hardening 1-18

phone lines

buttons for 8-12

phone settings access 7-2

physical connection, verifying 12-6

plus dialing 8-17

PNG file 9-4, 9-5

PoE 2-4

ports

access 3-3

network 3-3

power

external 2-3, 2-4

for the phone 2-3

outage 2-4

PoE 2-4

power negotiation over LLDP 2-5

power over Ethernet

See PoE

power source

causing phone to reset 12-8

Index

IN-7

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

power injector 2-4

presence-enabled directories 8-18

privacy 8-18

Private Line Automated Ringdown (PLAR) 8-18

programmable button 1-30

programmable buttons

description of 8-12

Programmable Feature Button 1-30

Programmable Line Key (PLK) 1-30

protected call

description 1-20

protected calling

description 8-18

QRT softkey 8-19, 12-16

Quality of Service (QoS) 6-9

Quality Reporting Tool (QRT) 8-19, 12-16

RADIUS server authentication, description 6-12

Real-Time Control Protocol

See RTCP

Real-Time Transport Protocol

See RTP

received signal strength indicator, See RSSI

redial 8-19

remote port configuration 8-19

reset settings on phone 12-15

resetting

Cisco Unified IP phone 12-15

continuously 12-6

intentionally 12-7

RingList.xml file format 9-2

ring setting 8-19

RSSI, description 6-8

secure and nonsecure indication tone 8-20

secure conference 8-21

description 1-19

establishing 1-19

identifying 1-19

restrictions 1-20, 1-21

security restrictions 1-21

Secure SRST 1-18

securing the phone with a cable lock 3-20

security

AES encryption 6-13

CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy Function) 1-18

device authentication 1-17

encrypted configuration file 1-18

file authentication 1-17

image authentication 1-17

media encryption 1-17

open authentication 6-11

phone hardening 1-18

RADIUS server authentication 6-12

security profiles 1-18, 1-19

shared key authentication 6-12

signaling authentication 1-17

signaling encryption 1-18

static WEP encryption 6-13

TKIP encryption 6-13

WLAN overview 6-11

WPA authentication 6-12

Security Configuration menu (on Settings menu)

options

LSC 7-13

Trust List 7-13

security profiles 1-18, 1-19

Security Setup configuration menu

802.1X Authentication 7-13

overview 7-1

Security Setup configuration menu (on Settings menu)

Index

IN-8

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

about 7-13

services

configuring for users 8-32

description 8-21

subscribing to 8-33

Services URL button 8-21

shared key authentication, description 6-12

shared line 8-21

signaling authentication 1-17

signaling encryption 1-18

SIP

description 1-12

Speaker button, disabling 3-4

speed dial

buttons for 8-12

SRST 11-6

secure reference 1-18

standard (ad hoc) conference 8-10

startup problems 12-1

startup process

accessing TFTP server 2-8

configuring VLAN 2-8

contacting Cisco Unified Communications

Manager 2-9

loading stored phone image 2-8

obtaining IP address 2-8

obtaining power 2-7

requesting configuration file 2-9

understanding 2-7

statistics

call 10-11

video 10-13

network 11-8

streaming 11-11

Status menu 10-1, 10-2

status messages 10-3

Status Messages screen 10-3

Status Messages web page 11-3, 11-11

Stream 1 web page 11-3, 11-11

streaming statistics 11-11

Subnet Mask 7-10

supplicant, in 802.1X 1-22

switch

Cisco Catalyst 2-2

internal Ethernet 2-2

SW Port Configuration 7-6

TCP 1-12

technical specifications, for Cisco Unified IP Phone C-1

telephony features

agent greeting 8-2

audible message waiting indicator 8-15

auto answer 8-3

auto dial 8-3

automatic port synchronization 8-4

barge 1-23, 8-4

block external to external transfer 8-5

Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Pickup 8-6

Busy Lamp Field (BLF) speed dial 8-5

Call Back 8-6

call display restrictions 8-6

caller ID 8-9

caller id blocking 8-9

call forward 8-7

call forward destination override 8-8

call park 8-7

call waiting 8-8

conference 8-10

directed call park 8-10

distinctive ring 8-19

do not disturb (DND) 8-12

fast dial service 8-12

hold 8-13

hold reversion 8-13

intercom 8-14

log out of hunt groups 8-15

Index

IN-9

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

malicious caller identification (MCID) 8-15

meet-me conference 8-15

message waiting 8-15

mobile connect 8-16

mobile voice access 8-16

monitoring and recording 8-22

multiple calls per line appearance 8-16

music-on-hold 8-16

mute 8-16

plus dialing 8-17

power negotiation over LLDP 8-18

presence-enabled directories 8-18

privacy 8-18

redial 8-19

remote port configuration 8-19

ring setting 8-19

secure and nonsecure indication tone 8-20

secure conference 8-21

services 8-21

Services URL button 8-21

shared line 8-21

Time-of-Day Routing 8-22

transfer 8-22

video mode 8-23

video support 8-23

voice messaging system 8-23

VPN 8-23

TFTP

description 1-13

troubleshooting 12-3

TFTP Server 1 7-11

TFTP Server 2 7-12

TFTP settings

IPv6 1-16

time, displayed on phone 3-2

Time-of-Day Routing 8-22

TKIP

encryption description 6-13

transfer 8-22

Transmission Control Protocol

See TCP

Trivial File Transfer Protocol

See TFTP

troubleshooting

DHCP 12-7

DNS 12-8

DNS settings 12-4

IP addressing and routing 12-3

network connectivity 12-3

network outages 12-6

phones resetting 12-7

physical connection 12-6

services on Cisco Unified Communications

Manager 12-4

TFTP settings 12-3

VLAN configuration 12-7

Trust List menu 7-14

USB headsets 3-6

USB port data 3-5

User Datagram Protocol

See UDP

User Options web page

description 8-34

giving users access to 8-34, A-1

user options web page

call forward settings 8-36

users

accessing voice messaging system A-2

adding to Cisco Unified Communications

Manager 8-33

configuring personal directories A-3

providing support to A-1

required information A-1

subscribing to services A-2

Index

IN-10

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)

OL-20861-01

video mode 8-23

video statistics 10-13

video support 8-23

VLAN

assigning separate SSIDs 6-9

auxiliary, for voice traffic 2-3, 6-9

configuring 7-5

configuring for voice networks 2-2

native, for data traffic 2-3

separate voice for QoS 6-9

verifying 12-7

VLAN, interaction with 2-2

voice messaging system 8-23

voice messaging system, accessing A-2

voice quality metrics 10-12, 11-12

voice VLAN 2-3, 6-9

VPN 8-23

wall mounting, Cisco Unified IP Phone 3-20, E-1, F-1

WDS, wireless domain server 6-7

web page

about 11-1

Access Information 11-2, 11-8

accessing 11-2

Debug Display 11-3, 11-11

Device Information 11-2, 11-4

disabling access to 11-3

Ethernet Information 11-2, 11-8

Network 11-2, 11-8

Network Configuration web page 11-2

Network Setup 11-5

preventing access to 11-3

Status Messages 11-3, 11-11

Stream 1 11-3, 11-11

WEP encryption, description 6-13

wideband codec 1-1

wired headset 3-6

wireless domain server (WDS) 6-7

wireless local area network, See WLAN

WLAN

components 6-8

security 6-11

voice quality 6-9

WLAN Setup menu

about 7-7

WLAN statistics 10-9

WLAN Statistics screen 10-9

World mode 6-4

supported countries 6-4

WPA

encryption with TKIP, description 6-13

WPA authentication, description 6-12

XmlDefault.cnf.xml 2-6

Cisco Systems 8961 Users Manual Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, And 9971 Administration Guide For CM 8.5 (SIP)

8961 to the manual 8f1d04bd-048d-461f-8ba2-c5922f8f5252

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation